WO2024016238A1 - Wireless communication methods and apparatuses - Google Patents

Wireless communication methods and apparatuses Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024016238A1
WO2024016238A1 PCT/CN2022/106887 CN2022106887W WO2024016238A1 WO 2024016238 A1 WO2024016238 A1 WO 2024016238A1 CN 2022106887 W CN2022106887 W CN 2022106887W WO 2024016238 A1 WO2024016238 A1 WO 2024016238A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
value
signal measurement
threshold
offset value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/106887
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
胡奕
李海涛
于新磊
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/106887 priority Critical patent/WO2024016238A1/en
Publication of WO2024016238A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024016238A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/32Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by location or mobility data, e.g. speed data
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access]

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a wireless communication method and device.
  • the terminal device can perform mobility management operations based on certain conditions, such as signal measurement conditions and/or location measurement conditions. If different types of terminal devices perform mobility management operations based on the same conditions, the terminal device may not be able to accurately perform relevant decisions on mobility management operations.
  • the present application provides a wireless communication method and device, which enables a terminal device to accurately execute relevant decisions on mobility management operations.
  • a first aspect provides a wireless communication method, including: a first terminal device performing a mobility management operation based on a first condition and/or a second condition, the first condition being a location measurement condition, and the second condition
  • the first condition and the second condition are signal measurement conditions, and the first condition and the second condition are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  • a wireless communication method including: a first terminal device performing random access based on signal measurement conditions, where the signal measurement conditions are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  • a wireless communication method including: a network device sending first configuration information to a first terminal device, the first configuration information being used to determine a first condition and/or a second condition, the first The condition is a location measurement condition, the second condition is a signal measurement condition, the first condition and/or the second condition are used to perform mobility management operations, the first condition and the second condition are related to the first terminal Related to the device’s antenna processing capabilities.
  • a wireless communication method including: a network device sends second configuration information to a first terminal, the second configuration information is used to determine signal measurement conditions, and the signal measurement conditions are used for random access, The signal measurement conditions are associated with the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device.
  • a terminal device is provided.
  • the terminal device is a first terminal device, including: an operating unit configured to perform a mobility management operation based on a first condition and/or a second condition, and the first condition is Position measurement conditions, the second condition is a signal measurement condition, and the first condition and the second condition are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  • a sixth aspect provides a terminal device, the terminal device being a first terminal device, including: an execution unit configured to perform random access based on signal measurement conditions, the signal measurement conditions being the same as those of the first terminal device. Antenna processing capabilities are associated.
  • a seventh aspect provides a network device, including: a sending unit configured to send first configuration information to a first terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to determine a first condition and/or a second condition, and the third One condition is a location measurement condition, the second condition is a signal measurement condition, the first condition and/or the second condition are used to perform mobility management operations, the first condition and the second condition are the same as the first condition. Correlated with the antenna processing capabilities of the terminal device.
  • An eighth aspect provides a network device, including: a sending unit configured to send second configuration information to a first terminal, the second configuration information being used to determine signal measurement conditions, and the signal measurement conditions being used for random access , the signal measurement condition is associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  • a ninth aspect provides a terminal, including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store programs, and the processor is used to call the program in the memory to execute the method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect. .
  • a network device including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store a program, and the processor is used to call the program in the memory to execute the method described in the third or fourth aspect. method.
  • a device including a processor for calling a program from a memory to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a device including a processor for calling a program from a memory to execute the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
  • a chip including a processor for calling a program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method described in the first or second aspect.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a chip, including a processor for calling a program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium having a program stored thereon, the program causing a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided with a program stored thereon, and the program causes the computer to perform the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
  • a seventeenth aspect provides a computer program product, including a program that causes a computer to perform the method described in the first or second aspect.
  • An eighteenth aspect provides a computer program product, including a program that causes a computer to perform the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
  • a nineteenth aspect provides a computer program that causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a twentieth aspect provides a computer program that causes a computer to perform the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
  • the first terminal device in the present application can perform mobility management operations using conditions associated with its antenna processing capabilities. Since the conditions for use of the terminal device are related to its antenna processing capabilities, the embodiments of the present application can fully consider the differences in the antenna processing capabilities of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can more accurately perform mobility management operations based on its own antenna processing capabilities. related judgments.
  • Figure 1 is a wireless communication system applicable to embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a transparent forwarding network architecture.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a regeneration and forwarding network structure.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of signal reception strength at different locations in a terrestrial network.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of signal reception strength at different locations in the NTN system.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart of another wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic block diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic block diagram of another network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a wireless communication system 100 applied in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include a network device 110 and a terminal device 120.
  • the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with the terminal device 120 .
  • the network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and may communicate with terminal devices 120 located within the coverage area.
  • Figure 1 exemplarily shows one network device and two terminals.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices. This application The embodiment does not limit this.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of this application may also be called user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT) ), remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communications equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, and may be used to connect people, things, and machines, such as handheld devices and vehicle-mounted devices with wireless connection functions.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a notebook computer, a handheld computer, a mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), a wearable device, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart Wireless terminals in the power grid (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart cities (smart city), wireless terminals in smart homes (smart home), etc.
  • the UE can be used to act as a base station.
  • a UE may act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between UEs in V2X or D2D, etc.
  • a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between UEs in V2X or D2D, etc.
  • cell phones and cars use sidelink signals to communicate with each other.
  • Cell phones and smart home devices communicate between each other without having to relay communication signals through base stations.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device.
  • the network device may also be called an access network device or a wireless access network device.
  • the network device may be a base station.
  • the network device in the embodiment of this application may refer to a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device) that connects the terminal device to the wireless network.
  • radio access network radio access network, RAN node (or device) that connects the terminal device to the wireless network.
  • the base station can broadly cover various names as follows, or be replaced with the following names, such as: Node B (NodeB), evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB), relay station, Access point, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (TP), main station MeNB, secondary station SeNB, multi-standard wireless (MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node , wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, base band unit (BBU), radio remote unit (Remote Radio Unit, RRU), active antenna unit (active antenna unit) , AAU), radio head (remote radio head, RRH), central unit (central unit, CU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), positioning node, etc.
  • NodeB Node B
  • eNB evolved base station
  • next generation NodeB next generation NodeB, gNB
  • relay station Access point
  • the base station may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof.
  • a base station may also refer to a communication module, modem or chip used in the aforementioned equipment or devices.
  • the base station can also be a mobile switching center and a device that undertakes base station functions in device-to-device D2D, vehicle-to-everything (V2X), machine-to-machine (M2M) communications, and in 6G networks.
  • Base stations can support networks with the same or different access technologies. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.
  • Base stations can be fixed or mobile.
  • a helicopter or drone may be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells may move based on the mobile base station's location.
  • a helicopter or drone may be configured to serve as a device that communicates with another base station.
  • the network device in the embodiment of this application may refer to a CU or a DU, or the network device includes a CU and a DU.
  • gNB can also include AAU.
  • Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the sky. In the embodiments of this application, the scenarios in which network devices and terminal devices are located are not limited.
  • the communication device involved in this application may be a network device or a terminal device.
  • the first communication device is a network device
  • the second communication device is a terminal device.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device
  • the second communication device is a network device.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are both network devices, or both are terminal devices.
  • the 3rd generation mobile communications partnership project (3GPP) international standards organization began to develop 5G.
  • the main application scenarios of 5G can include: enhanced mobile ultra-broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low latency communications (URLLC) and massive machine type communication (mMTC).
  • eMBB enhanced mobile ultra-broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable low latency communications
  • mMTC massive machine type communication
  • Typical eMBB services can include: ultra-high-definition video, augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR), etc.
  • the main characteristics of the URLLC service are that it requires ultra-high reliability and ultra-low latency, and the amount of data transmitted is small and bursty.
  • the transmission delay requirement of URLLC services is generally within 0.5 milliseconds.
  • the transmission delay of the URLLC service is required to be within 1ms. Since the URLLC service is bursty and random, the URLLC service may not generate data packets for a long period of time, or may generate multiple data packets in a short period of time. In most cases, these data packets are Small packets (e.g., packets of size 50 bytes).
  • Typical URLLC services can include: wireless control in industrial manufacturing or production processes, motion control of driverless cars or drones, and tactile interactive applications such as remote repair and remote surgery.
  • Typical features of mMTC can include: high connection density, small data volume, delay-insensitive services, low cost and long service life of the module, etc. This scenario is mainly oriented to the Internet of Things business, which places extremely high requirements on network access capabilities.
  • RRC connected RRC_CONNECTED
  • RRC idle RRC-IDLE
  • RRC inactive RRC-INACTIVE
  • the RRC connection state may refer to the state in which the terminal device is in after completing the random access process and before RRC release is performed. There is an RRC connection between terminal equipment and network equipment (such as access network equipment). In the RRC connection state, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device, such as downlink data transmission and/or uplink data transmission. Alternatively, the terminal device may also transmit terminal device-specific data channels and/or control channels with the network device to transmit specific information or unicast information of the terminal device.
  • the network device can determine the cell-level location information of the terminal device, that is, the network device can determine the cell to which the terminal device belongs.
  • the network device can control the terminal device to perform cell handover (handover).
  • handover cell handover
  • the mobility management of the terminal device in the RRC connected state may include cell handover.
  • the mobility management of the terminal device in the RRC connected state can be controlled by the network device. Accordingly, the terminal device can switch to a designated cell according to instructions issued by the network device.
  • the RRC connected state refers to the state of the terminal device when it is camped in the cell but does not perform random access.
  • the terminal device usually enters the RRC connected state after powering on or after RRC is released.
  • the RRC connection state there is no RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device (such as the resident network device), the network device does not store the context of the terminal device, and no connection for the terminal device is established between the network device and the core network. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC idle state, it needs to initiate the RRC connection establishment process.
  • the core network can send paging messages to the terminal device, that is to say, the paging process can be triggered by the CN.
  • the paging area can also be configured by the CN.
  • the terminal device can initiate a cell reselection process.
  • the terminal device can initiate a cell selection process. That is to say, the mobility management of the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state may include cell reselection and/or cell selection.
  • the RRC inactive state is a state defined to reduce air interface signaling, quickly restore wireless connections, and quickly restore data services.
  • the RRC inactive state is a state between the connected state and the idle state.
  • the terminal device has entered the RRC connection state before and then released the RRC connection with the network device, but the network device saved the context of the terminal device.
  • the connection established between the network equipment and the core network for the terminal equipment has not been released, that is to say, the user plane bearer and control plane bearer between the RAN and the CN are still maintained, that is, there is a CN-NR connection.
  • the RAN can send a paging message to the terminal device, that is, the paging process can be triggered by the RAN.
  • the RAN-based paging area is managed by the RAN, and the network device can know the location of the terminal device based on the RAN-based paging area level.
  • the terminal device may initiate a cell reselection process.
  • the terminal device may initiate a cell selection process. That is to say, the mobility management of the terminal equipment in the RRC inactive state may include cell reselection and/or cell selection.
  • RRM radio resource management
  • RRM measurement is a type of mobility measurement.
  • RRM measurement is also called signal measurement.
  • the terminal device can signal the synchronization/physical broadcast channel block (SSB) and/or the channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) sent by the network device. Measure and get the signal measurement results.
  • the terminal device can perform mobility management operations based on the signal measurement results.
  • Mobility management operations may include one or more of the following operations: one or more of cell selection, cell reselection, neighbor cell measurement, and RRM measurement relaxation.
  • Neighbor cell measurement may include turning on and/or turning off neighbor cell measurement. Neighbor cell measurement and RRM measurement relaxation will be introduced in detail below.
  • the types of RRM measurement include same-frequency measurement and inter-frequency/inter-system (inter-RAT) measurement.
  • Co-frequency measurement includes measuring other frequency points in the same frequency band of the current serving cell and neighboring cell frequencies that are the same as the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell.
  • Inter-frequency/inter-system measurements include measuring neighboring cell frequencies that are different from the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell, or measuring neighboring cell frequencies that are not in the same system as the serving cell.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, there is no RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the signal measurement result of the cell where the terminal device resides also called the serving cell
  • the terminal device can configure the same frequency or different frequency according to the network device in the system message. and/or different system neighboring cell information, perform signal measurements on the serving cell and cells adjacent to the serving cell (also known as neighboring cells), and determine whether the signal measurement of the neighboring cells meets the cell reselection conditions. If the signal measurement results of the neighboring cell meet the cell reselection conditions, the terminal equipment will camp in the neighboring cell.
  • the network device configures the terminal device through RRC signaling to perform intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/or inter-system neighbor cell measurements.
  • the terminal device reports the signal measurements of the serving cell and neighboring cells to the network device through RRC signaling, so that the network device can switch the terminal device to a cell with better signal measurement results based on the measurement results when the terminal device is in the state.
  • the selection can be based on the S criterion.
  • the S criterion is defined as: Srxlev>0 and Squal>0.
  • Srxlev represents the cell selection reception level value (which can also be understood as the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of the terminal equipment in the cell)
  • Squal represents the cell selection reception quality value (which can also be understood as the terminal equipment’s reference signal receiving power (RSRP) in the cell).
  • the reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) of the cell If the signal measurement result of the cell meets the conditions of Srxlev>0 and Squal>0, it indicates that the cell is suitable for camping.
  • Srxlev and Squal are called S parameters below.
  • Qrxlevmeas represents the measured value of RSRP of the terminal equipment in the cell
  • Qqualmeas represents the measured value of RSRQ of the terminal equipment in the cell
  • Qrxlevmin represents the minimum reception level required by the cell (also called the minimum RSRP)
  • Qqualmin represents the minimum required by the cell.
  • Reception quality also called minimum RSRQ
  • Qrxlevminoffset represents the minimum reception level offset of the cell
  • Qqualminoffset represents the minimum reception quality offset of the cell.
  • the network device can send Qrxlevmeas, Qqualmeas, Qrxlevmin, Qqualmin, Qrxlevminoffset, Qqualminoffset and other parameters to the terminal device through broadcast.
  • Pcompensation is used to punish terminal equipment that cannot meet the maximum transmit power requirements of the cell.
  • pmax represents the maximum uplink transmission power allowed by the terminal equipment in the cell
  • pumax represents the maximum uplink transmission power supported by the terminal equipment's capabilities.
  • Qoffsettemp is a penalty factor introduced for cells with multiple T300 timeouts, that is, the terminal device sends RRCSetupRequest to the cell multiple times, but does not receive the RRCSetup message.
  • the Qoffsettemp parameter can be specified in SIB1.
  • the above calculation formula of the S parameter is only an example and does not limit the embodiments of the present application. In some embodiments, other formulas may also be used for the calculation formula of the S parameter. For example, the Qoffsettemp parameter may also be omitted from the calculation formula of the S parameter.
  • the above signal measurement results are used to indicate the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • the above signal measurement results may include one or more of the following measurement quantities: Srxlev, Squal, reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ), signal to noise ratio (SNR), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), received signal strength indication (RSSI), etc.
  • the above-mentioned signal measurement threshold may include a same-frequency measurement threshold (Sintrasearch) and an inter-frequency/inter-system measurement threshold (Snonintrasearch).
  • the above-mentioned same-frequency measurement thresholds may include: a same-frequency measurement signal amplitude threshold (SintrasearchP) and a same-frequency measurement signal strength threshold (SintrasearchQ).
  • SintrasearchP is used to indicate the signal amplitude threshold for same-frequency measurement.
  • SintrasearchQ is used to indicate the signal strength threshold for co-frequency measurement.
  • the above-mentioned inter-frequency/inter-system measurement thresholds may include: inter-frequency/inter-system measurement signal amplitude threshold (SnonintrasearchP) and inter-frequency/inter-system measurement signal strength threshold (SnonintrasearchQ).
  • SnonintrasearchP is used to indicate the signal amplitude threshold for inter-frequency/inter-system measurement.
  • SnonintrasearchQ is used to indicate the signal strength threshold for inter-frequency/inter-system measurement.
  • the terminal device may also perform the first operation based on the signal measurement result.
  • the first operation may include cell switching, cell reselection, cell selection introduced above, RRM measurement relaxation introduced below, supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier switching, 2-step random access process and 4-step One or more of the handovers in the random access procedure.
  • SUL supplementary uplink
  • the terminal device can perform signal measurement based on the S-measure (S-measure) criterion. If the signal measurement result obtained by the terminal device when performing signal measurement is greater than the signal measurement threshold, the terminal device only needs to perform signal measurement of the serving cell and does not perform service Signal measurement outside the cell; if the signal measurement result obtained by the terminal device when performing signal measurement is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, the terminal device performs signal measurement according to the configuration of the measurement object (measurement object, MO).
  • S-measure S-measure
  • the terminal device can choose to turn off the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cell. Otherwise, the terminal device needs to perform the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cell. .
  • the terminal device can turn off low-priority or equal-priority inter-frequency frequency points. point or different technical frequency point.
  • the terminal device can perform relaxation for the high-priority inter-frequency frequency point or inter-technology frequency point. Measurement.
  • SIntraSearchP, SIntraSearchQ, SnonIntraSearchP and SnonIntraSearchQ can be configured by the network device through SIB2.
  • RRM measurement relaxation may also be called neighbor cell measurement relaxation, or neighbor cell RRM measurement relaxation.
  • RRM measurement relaxation There are many ways to implement RRM measurement relaxation.
  • the terminal device can implement RRM measurement relaxation by increasing the signal measurement period (that is, reducing the number of signal measurements).
  • the terminal device may implement RRM measurement relaxation by reducing the number of neighboring cells to be measured.
  • the terminal device can relax the RRM measurement by reducing the number of measured frequency points.
  • the terminal device can determine whether it satisfies the not-cell-edge criterion and/or the low-mobility criterion based on the signal measurement results. In the case where the terminal device satisfies the not-cell-edge criterion and/or the low-mobility criterion, the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation.
  • the not-cell-edge criterion is mainly used to determine whether the terminal device is located at the edge cell of the serving cell. If the terminal device is located in a non-edge cell of the serving cell, the terminal device has little need for cell reselection and can relax the RRM measurement to achieve the purpose of energy saving for the terminal device. If the terminal device is located in an edge cell of the serving cell, the terminal device has a greater need for cell reselection, and the terminal device does not need to perform RRM measurement relaxation.
  • the not-cell-edge criterion mainly defines the signal measurement threshold. By comparing the signal measurement results with the signal measurement threshold, it can be determined whether the terminal device is in a non-edge cell location. For example, if the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, it means that the terminal device is in a non-edge cell position of the serving cell; if the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, it means that the terminal device is in an edge cell position of the serving cell.
  • the network device can define the two threshold values s-SearchThresholdP and s-SearchThresholdQ of the not-cell-edge criterion by configuring the cell edge evaluation (cellEdgeEvaluation) parameter to the terminal device.
  • s-SearchThresholdP is the measurement threshold value of RSRP
  • s-SearchThresholdQ is the measurement threshold value of RSRQ.
  • the terminal device can measure the RSRP and RSRQ of the serving cell, and obtain the RSRP measurement value and the RSRQ measurement value of the serving cell.
  • the terminal device When the measured value of RSRP of the serving cell is greater than s-SearchThresholdP and the measured value of RSRQ is greater than s-SearchThresholdQ, the terminal device satisfies the not-cell-edge criterion and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation.
  • the s-SearchThresholdP configured on the network device is usually smaller than SIntraSearchP and SnonIntraSearchP.
  • the network device configured s-SearchThresholdQ may be smaller than SIntraSearchQ and SnonIntraSearchQ.
  • the network device can also configure only one parameter of s-SearchThresholdP and s-SearchThresholdQ.
  • the network device may configure only s-SearchThresholdP but not s-SearchThresholdQ.
  • the terminal device may only measure the RSRP of the serving cell.
  • the network device may only configure s-SearchThresholdQ but not s-SearchThresholdP.
  • the terminal device may only measure the RSRQ of the serving cell.
  • the terminal device may only measure the RSRQ of the serving cell.
  • the low-mobility criterion is mainly used to determine whether the terminal device is in a low mobility state. If the terminal device is in a low mobility state, that is, the terminal device is in a relatively fixed location, the terminal device has little need for cell reselection, and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation. If the terminal device is in a high mobility state, that is, the location of the terminal device changes greatly, the terminal device has a greater need for cell reselection, and the terminal device does not need to perform RRM measurement relaxation.
  • Whether the terminal device is in a low mobility state can be determined based on the signal measurement results of the serving cell. For example, the terminal device can measure the signal measurement results of the serving cell at different times. If the signal measurement results of the serving cell change little at different times, that is, the signal quality of the serving cell is relatively stable, it means that the terminal device is in a low mobility state.
  • the terminal device can measure the RSRP of the serving cell. If the RSRP of the serving cell changes very little, it means that the terminal device is in a low mobility state, and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the low-mobility criterion is satisfied by determining whether the low-mobility criterion parameter is satisfied.
  • two low mobility criterion parameters are defined in the protocol: evaluation duration t-SearchDeltaP and signal measurement threshold s-SearchDeltaP. If the signal measurement result of the serving cell is less than the signal measurement threshold s-SearchDeltaP within the t-SearchDeltaP time, it means that the terminal device meets the low-mobility criterion and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device satisfies the low-mobility criterion, uses a longer measurement interval when performing signal measurements on neighboring cells. For example, a fixed scaling factor K can be used to increase the measurement interval.
  • the above low-mobility criterion can be expressed as satisfying (SrxlevRef–Srxlev) ⁇ s-SearchDeltaP within t-SearchDeltaP time, where SrxlevRef represents the signal amplitude reference value of the serving cell.
  • SrxlevRef represents the signal amplitude reference value of the serving cell.
  • SrxlevRef can follow the following rules.
  • Rule 3 If the measurement relaxation criteria are not met within the t-SearchDelta time (if the measurement relaxation requirements are not met, the reference value is updated to the current measurement value), the terminal device needs to set the signal reference value to the current measurement of the signal amplitude of the serving cell. value.
  • the terminal equipment After completing cell selection or cell reselection, the terminal equipment needs to perform signal measurement within at least a period of time TSearchDeltaP, that is, within this time TSearchDeltaP, the terminal equipment cannot perform RRM measurement relaxation.
  • the network device can also notify the terminal device of the trigger conditions for RRM measurement relaxation, and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation when the trigger conditions are met.
  • the trigger condition may be satisfying the not-cell-edge criterion and/or the low-mobility criterion.
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal device the relationship between the not-cell-edge criterion and the low-mobility criterion.
  • the network device can indicate whether the relationship between the two is "and" or "or".
  • the terminal device needs to satisfy both the not-cell-edge criterion and the low-mobility criterion before it can perform RRM measurement relaxation. If there is an "OR" relationship between the two, it means that the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation as long as it meets any one of the criteria (such as the not-cell-edge criterion or the low-mobility criterion).
  • the RRM measurement relaxation criterion may also include a stationary criterion.
  • the stationary criterion is similar to the low mobility criterion.
  • the stationary criterion and the low mobility criterion can use different signal measurement thresholds.
  • the communication system in the embodiment of this application may be a non-terrestrial network (NTN) communication system.
  • NTN non-terrestrial network
  • Non-terrestrial means may include, for example, satellites or UAS platforms.
  • NTN For terrestrial network communications, communication equipment cannot be set up for land communications in oceans, mountains, deserts and other scenarios. Alternatively, terrestrial communications typically do not cover sparsely populated areas due to the cost of setting up and operating communications equipment. Compared with terrestrial network (TN) communications, NTN has many advantages. First of all, NTN communication can not be restricted by the user's geographical area. As for the NTN communication network, there will be no geographical restrictions. In theory, satellites can orbit the earth, so every corner of the earth can be covered by satellite communications. Moreover, the area that NTN communication equipment can cover is much larger than the area covered by terrestrial communication equipment. For example, in satellite communications, a satellite can cover a large ground area. Secondly, NTN communication has great social value. NTN communication can achieve coverage at a lower cost.
  • NTN communication can be used to cover remote mountainous areas or poor and backward countries or regions at a lower cost. This allows people in these areas to enjoy advanced voice communications and mobile Internet technologies, which is conducive to narrowing the digital gap with developed areas and promoting the development of these areas.
  • NTN communication has a long communication distance and does not significantly increase the communication cost.
  • NTN communication has high stability. For example, NTN communication is not limited by natural conditions and can be used even in the case of natural disasters.
  • communication satellites can be divided into low-earth orbit (LEO) satellites, medium-earth orbit (MEO) satellites, geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellites, and high-earth orbit (GEO) satellites.
  • LEO low-earth orbit
  • MEO medium-earth orbit
  • GEO geostationary earth orbit
  • GEO high-earth orbit
  • HEO high elliptical orbit
  • the orbital altitude range of LEO satellites is 500km ⁇ 1500km.
  • the orbital period is about 1.5 hours to 2 hours.
  • the signal propagation delay of single-hop communication between users is generally less than 20ms.
  • the maximum satellite visibility time is 20 minutes.
  • the signal propagation distance is short, the link loss is small, and the transmission power requirements of the user terminal are not high.
  • the orbital altitude of the GEO satellite is 35786km.
  • GEO satellites rotate around the Earth every 24 hours.
  • the signal propagation delay for single-hop communication between users is generally 250ms.
  • satellites can use multiple beams to cover the ground, that is, multiple beam footprints can form a satellite coverage area (field of view of the satllite).
  • a satellite can form dozens or even hundreds of beams to cover the ground.
  • a satellite beam can cover a ground area with a diameter of tens to hundreds of kilometers.
  • NTN network can be implemented based on satellite network architecture.
  • the satellite network architecture can include the following network elements: gateway, feeder link, service link, satellite and inter-satellite link (ISL), etc.
  • the number of gateways can be one or more. Gateways can be used to connect satellite and terrestrial public networks.
  • the gateway is usually located at ground level.
  • the feeder link may be the link for communication between the gateway and the satellite.
  • the service link may be a link for communication between the terminal device and the satellite.
  • the satellite network structure can be divided into transparent forwarding (transparent payload) network architecture and regenerative payload (regenerative payload) network architecture in terms of the functions it provides.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a transparent forwarding network architecture.
  • the transparent forwarding network architecture can provide wireless frequency filtering, frequency conversion and amplification functions. In the transparent forwarding network architecture, it can only provide transparent forwarding of signals without changing the waveform signal it forwards.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a regeneration and forwarding network structure.
  • the regeneration and forwarding network architecture can provide wireless frequency filtering, frequency conversion and amplification functions, as well as demodulation/decoding, routing/conversion, and encoding/modulation functions.
  • the satellite In the regeneration and forwarding network structure, the satellite can have some or all functions of the base station. Inter-satellite links can exist under a regenerative forwarding network architecture.
  • the signal measurement results when the terminal equipment is in the center of the cell are significantly higher than the signal measurement results when it is at the edge of the cell, as shown in Figure 4. Due to the obvious "near-far effect", in the terrestrial network, it can be determined based on the signal measurement results whether the execution conditions of the mobility management operation are met (such as whether the conditions for starting neighbor cell measurement are met).
  • the difference in the corresponding signal measurement results is not obvious, as shown in Figure 5. If it is judged based on the signal measurement results whether the execution conditions of the mobility management operation are met, there will be a problem of inaccurate judgment. Based on this, in order to solve the problem that the "far and near effect" of signal measurement results in the NTN system is not obvious, position measurement conditions based on the location of the terminal equipment are introduced.
  • the terminal device can perform mobility management operations while meeting the signal measurement conditions and location measurement conditions at the same time.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the conditions for turning off neighbor cell measurement are met based on Srxlev and Squal and combined with the location measurement results. If the position measurement result of the terminal device is less than the position measurement threshold, Srxlev is greater than the signal measurement threshold, and Squal is also greater than the signal measurement threshold, the terminal device can turn off the measurement of the neighboring cell.
  • the position measurement result can be the distance from the terminal device to the ground reference point.
  • the position measurement threshold in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a distance measurement threshold, and the position measurement result may also be called a distance measurement result.
  • the location measurement threshold and the signal measurement threshold should match. That is, the location measurement threshold and the signal measurement threshold should correspond to the same coverage area. In this way, the terminal device can perform relevant decisions to accurately perform mobility management operations based on the location measurement threshold and the signal measurement threshold.
  • the NTN system is simulated, evaluated and designed based on the basic assumption that the antenna gain of the terminal equipment is 0dBi. However, for some terminal devices (such as mobile phones), the actual antenna gain may be much lower than 0dBi (such as -5dBi). In addition, considering that some terminals (such as mobile phones) support linear polarization, there will be a certain polarization loss (such as 3dBi) in the actual link. Therefore, the NTN system considers introducing coverage enhancement technology for such terminals.
  • the coverage enhancement technology may include uplink coverage enhancement and/or downlink coverage enhancement. Through coverage enhancement, the cell coverage range that the terminal device can support can be increased. Coverage enhancement in this embodiment of the present application may include uplink coverage enhancement and/or downlink coverage enhancement.
  • the coverage enhancement technology in the embodiments of this application includes but is not limited to one or more of the following methods: repeated transmission, transmission time interval (TTI), hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) repeat transmission, physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) hopping, beamforming, power boosting, or other technologies.
  • TTI transmission time interval
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the antenna processing capability of the VSAT terminal is higher than that of the mobile phone terminal.
  • the VSAT terminal is, for example, the terminal device 211 in Figures 2 and 3.
  • the mobile phone terminal is, for example, the terminal 212 in Figures 2 and 3.
  • VSAT terminal is a terminal equipment in the NTN system, which can be used for remote sensing, ranging, communication parameter measurement, etc.
  • the antenna gain of the VSAT terminal is above 0dBi, supports circular polarization, and has no polarization loss.
  • the antenna gain of mobile phone terminals is usually below 0dBi and supports linear polarization, but there is polarization loss. If coverage enhancement technology is not introduced, there is a significant difference in the cell coverage range supported by these two types of terminals, that is, the cell coverage range supported by VSAT terminals is larger than that supported by mobile phone terminals. That is to say, the cell coverage supported by a terminal with strong antenna processing capabilities is larger than the cell coverage supported by a terminal with low antenna processing capabilities.
  • the network device when configuring the location measurement threshold, the network device should make the location measurement threshold match the signal measurement threshold. That is, the location measurement threshold and the signal measurement threshold should correspond to the same coverage area.
  • the signal measurement results such as RSRP or RSRQ
  • their corresponding distances to the cell center should be significantly different; in other words, they are at the same location.
  • There should be a significant difference in the signal measurement results (such as RSRP or RSRQ).
  • all terminal equipment uses the same signal measurement threshold and location measurement threshold, without considering the differences in coverage of different types of terminals, which will lead to the problem of mismatch between signal measurement conditions and location measurement conditions.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication method that can set position measurement conditions and/or signal measurement conditions according to the antenna processing capability of the terminal device, so that the position measurement conditions and signal measurement conditions can be matched, so that the terminal device Decisions related to mobility management operations can be performed more accurately.
  • step S610 the first terminal device performs a mobility management operation based on the first condition and/or the second condition.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the first terminal device.
  • the first configuration information can be used to determine the first condition and/or the second condition. That is to say, the first terminal device may determine the first condition and/or the second condition based on the first configuration information.
  • the first terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a type of terminal device, and the first terminal device may also be called a first type of terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may include one terminal device or multiple terminal devices.
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also include a second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device is of a different type than the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may also be called a second type terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may also perform mobility management operations based on the first condition and/or the second condition.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device in the RRC-IDLE state, or may be a terminal device in the RRC-INACTIVE state.
  • the first terminal device may be a terminal device with poor antenna processing capabilities.
  • the second terminal device may be a terminal device with strong antenna processing capabilities.
  • the first terminal device may meet one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and has polarization loss.
  • the second terminal device may meet one or more of the following conditions: the antenna gain is not less than a preset threshold, the polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
  • the first terminal device may be a mobile phone terminal device, and the second terminal device may be a VSAT terminal device.
  • the antenna gain of the first terminal device is less than the preset threshold, and the antenna gain of the second terminal device is not less than the preset threshold.
  • the preset threshold may be a predefined value, for example, the preset threshold may be 0 dBi.
  • the preset threshold can also be a value configured by the network.
  • the polarization type of the first terminal device is linear polarization and has polarization loss.
  • the polarization type of the second terminal device is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
  • the antenna gain of the first terminal device is less than a preset threshold, and the polarization type is linear polarization.
  • the antenna gain of the second terminal device is not less than the preset threshold, and the polarization type is circular polarization.
  • the preset threshold may be a predefined value, for example, the preset threshold may be 0 dBi.
  • Mobility management operations may include one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement, neighbor cell RRM measurement relaxation, cell selection, and cell reselection.
  • Neighbor cell measurement can also be understood as neighbor cell RRM measurement.
  • Neighbor cell measurement may include turning on neighbor cell measurement and/or turning off neighbor cell measurement.
  • the first terminal device performs a mobility management operation according to the first condition and/or the second condition, which may include the first terminal device determining whether to enable neighbor cell measurement according to the first condition and/or the second condition; or may include the first The terminal device determines whether to turn off neighbor cell measurement according to the first condition and/or the second condition; or it may include the first terminal device determining whether to relax the neighbor cell RRM measurement according to the first condition and/or the second condition; or it may include The first terminal device selects a cell according to the first condition and/or the second condition; or it may include the first terminal device performing cell reselection according to the first condition and/or the second condition.
  • the first condition and the second condition are introduced in detail below.
  • the first condition may be a position measurement condition, or the first condition is also called a distance measurement condition.
  • the first condition is associated with a position measurement result of the first terminal device.
  • the first condition may include a relationship between a position measurement result and a position measurement threshold.
  • the first condition may include a relationship between the adjustment value of the position measurement result and the position measurement threshold.
  • the first condition may include one or more of the following: the position measurement result is greater than or equal to the position measurement threshold, the position measurement result is less than the position measurement threshold, the adjustment value of the position measurement result is greater than or equal to the position measurement threshold, the position measurement result is The adjustment value is less than the position measurement threshold.
  • the first condition can be set according to the content of specific mobility management operations. For example, if the mobility management operation includes turning on neighbor cell measurement, the first condition may include that the location measurement result is greater than or equal to the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is greater than or equal to the location measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes turning off neighbor cell measurement, the first condition may include that the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes performing neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation, the first condition may include that the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold.
  • the first condition may include that the location measurement result is greater than or equal to the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is greater than or equal to the location measurement threshold.
  • the mobility management operation includes cell selection and/or cell reselection, the first condition may include that the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold.
  • the corresponding location measurement thresholds may be the same or different. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the relaxed location measurement thresholds for neighboring cell measurement and neighboring cell RRM measurement are different.
  • the location measurement thresholds corresponding to cell selection and cell reselection may be the same or different.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device in the NTN communication system.
  • Network equipment in the NTN communication system can be satellites or ground base stations.
  • the position measurement results may include one or more of the following information: the distance between the terminal device and the satellite ground reference point, the distance between the terminal device and the satellite, the angle of the terminal device relative to the satellite, the propagation time from the terminal device to the satellite extension. If the location measurement result includes a distance between the terminal device and a reference point or network device, the location measurement threshold may include a distance threshold. If the position measurement result includes the angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, the position measurement threshold may include an angle threshold. If the location measurement result includes a propagation delay from the terminal device to the network device, the location measurement threshold may include a propagation delay threshold. The angle of the terminal device relative to the satellite may be the elevation angle of the terminal device relative to the satellite. The propagation delay from the terminal device to the satellite may include the one-way propagation delay and/or the two-way propagation delay from the terminal device to the satellite.
  • the first condition in the embodiment of the present application is related to the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be different or the same. For example, for a scenario where the serving cell does not support coverage enhancement, since the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the coverage ranges supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different. In this case, the first terminal device and the second terminal device support different coverage ranges. The first condition corresponding to one terminal device and the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be different, so that the first terminal device and the second terminal device can more accurately perform relevant decisions on the mobility management operation.
  • the serving cell supports coverage enhancement, that is, the serving cell introduces coverage enhancement technology for the first terminal device
  • the coverage ranges supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device are consistent.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be the same.
  • the coverage enhancement technology in the embodiments of this application is only targeted at terminal devices with poor antenna processing capabilities.
  • this embodiment of the present application may only perform coverage enhancement on the first terminal device, but not the second terminal device.
  • the first condition may include a relationship between a location measurement result of the terminal device and a location measurement threshold. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the second position measurement threshold of the second terminal device may be different. By setting different location measurement thresholds, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can be caused to perform mobility management operations at different locations, thereby more accurately performing relevant decisions on mobility management operations. If the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is lower than the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the first position measurement threshold may be lower than the second position measurement threshold.
  • the second location measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device.
  • the network device may send the second location measurement threshold to the terminal device (including the first terminal device and the second terminal device) in a broadcast manner.
  • Different mobility management operations may correspond to different second location measurement thresholds.
  • neighbor cell measurement may correspond to a second location measurement threshold, and the second location measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to initiate neighbor cell measurement.
  • the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation may correspond to a second position measurement threshold.
  • the second position measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to perform the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation. That is, the second position measurement threshold may be used to evaluate one or more of the following criteria. One: not at cell edge criterion, low mobility criterion, stationary criterion.
  • cell selection may correspond to a second location measurement threshold, and the second location measurement threshold may be used for cell selection.
  • cell reselection may correspond to a second location measurement threshold, and the second location measurement threshold may be used for cell reselection.
  • the first location measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device, or the first location measurement threshold may be a threshold predefined in the protocol, or the first location measurement threshold may be a threshold calculated by the first terminal.
  • Different mobility management operations may correspond to different first location measurement thresholds.
  • neighbor cell measurement may correspond to a first location measurement threshold, and the first location measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to initiate neighbor cell measurement.
  • the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation may correspond to a first position measurement threshold.
  • the first position measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to perform the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation. That is, the first position measurement threshold may be used to evaluate one or more of the following criteria. One: not at cell edge criterion, low mobility criterion, stationary criterion.
  • cell selection may correspond to a first location measurement threshold, and the first location measurement threshold may be used for cell selection.
  • cell reselection may correspond to a first location measurement threshold, and the first location measurement threshold may be used for cell reselection.
  • the first terminal device may determine the first location measurement threshold corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
  • the network device may configure one location measurement threshold for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple location measurement thresholds. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one position measurement threshold, or may include multiple position measurement thresholds.
  • the network device may send the location measurement threshold to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures a location measurement threshold for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same first location measurement threshold. If the network device configures multiple location measurement thresholds for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the first location measurement threshold from the multiple location measurement thresholds based on antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the first position measurement threshold is a predefined threshold in the protocol
  • one position measurement threshold or multiple position measurement thresholds may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If a position measurement threshold is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same first position measurement threshold. If multiple location measurement thresholds are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the first location measurement threshold from the multiple location measurement thresholds based on antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the multiple position measurement thresholds described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a position measurement threshold.
  • the first terminal device may select a position measurement threshold corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of position measurement thresholds based on its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the first position measurement threshold may be determined based on the second position measurement threshold. That is to say, the first terminal device may determine the first position measurement threshold based on the second position measurement threshold.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the calculation method of the first position measurement threshold.
  • the first position measurement threshold may be determined based on the second position measurement threshold and the first offset value. That is to say, the first terminal device can determine the first position measurement threshold according to the second position measurement threshold and the first offset value.
  • the first offset value may be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the first offset value may be designed according to the actual situation.
  • the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add the first offset when determining the first location measurement threshold. value. If the indication information indicates that the first offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the first location measurement threshold based on the second location measurement threshold and the first offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the first offset value, the first terminal device may use the second position measurement threshold as the first position measurement threshold.
  • the indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first location measurement threshold may be determined based on the first location measurement threshold and the first offset value. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first location measurement threshold is equal to the second location measurement threshold.
  • the first offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the network device may send the first offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
  • the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values.
  • the network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same first offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the first offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the first offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol
  • one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same first offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the first offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value.
  • the first terminal device may select a first offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the first offset value may be determined based on the first information.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the first information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  • first offset values may correspond to different mobility management operations.
  • the first terminal device may determine the first offset value corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device may include a relationship between the adjustment value of the position measurement result and the position measurement threshold.
  • the first condition may include that the adjustment value of the position measurement result is greater than the position measurement threshold.
  • the first condition may include that the adjustment value of the position measurement result is less than the position measurement threshold.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes the relationship between the adjustment value of the position measurement result and the position measurement threshold
  • the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device includes the relationship between the position measurement result and the position measurement threshold. corresponding relationship.
  • the first terminal device can perform mobility management operations based on the adjustment value of the location measurement result and the first location measurement threshold, and the second terminal device can perform mobility management based on the location measurement result and the second location measurement threshold. operate.
  • the first position measurement threshold and the second position measurement threshold may be equal.
  • the second offset value can be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the second offset value can be designed according to the actual situation.
  • the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a second offset value when determining the position measurement result. If the indication information indicates that a second offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the adjustment value of the position measurement result according to the position measurement result and the second offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the second offset value, the first terminal device does not need to determine the adjustment value of the position measurement result and can directly use the position measurement result.
  • the indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first terminal device may determine the adjustment value of the location measurement result based on the location measurement result and the second offset value. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first terminal device can directly use the location measurement results.
  • the second offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the network device may send the second offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
  • the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values.
  • the network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same second offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the second offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the second offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol
  • one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same second offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the second offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value.
  • the first terminal device may select a second offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the second offset value may be determined based on the second information.
  • the second information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the second information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second offset value corresponding to each mobility management operation respectively for different mobility management operations.
  • the terminal device can determine the first condition for use according to its type. For example, the terminal device can determine the location measurement threshold to use based on its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the first position measurement threshold. If the type of the terminal device is a second terminal device type, the terminal device may use the second position measurement threshold. For another example, the terminal device can determine whether to use the adjustment value of the position measurement result according to its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the adjustment value of the position measurement result. If the type of the terminal device is the second terminal device type, the terminal device can directly use the position measurement result.
  • the network device can be the second terminal device. Configure a second position measurement threshold, which can save network device configuration overhead.
  • the first condition is introduced in detail above, and the second condition is introduced below.
  • the second condition may be a signal measurement condition.
  • the second condition is associated with the signal measurement result of the first terminal device.
  • the second condition may include a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  • the second condition may include a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
  • the second condition may include, for example, one or more of the following: the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result Less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold.
  • the second condition can be set according to the content of specific mobility management operations. For example, if the mobility management operation includes turning on neighbor cell measurement, the second condition may include that the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes turning off neighbor cell measurement, the second condition may include that the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes performing neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation, the second condition may include that the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold.
  • the second condition may include that the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold.
  • the second condition may include the signal measurement result being greater than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result being greater than or equal to the signal measurement threshold.
  • the corresponding signal measurement thresholds may be the same or different, and this is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the relaxed signal measurement thresholds for neighboring cell measurement and neighboring cell RRM measurement are different.
  • the signal measurement thresholds corresponding to cell selection and cell reselection may be the same or different.
  • the signal measurement results may include one or more of the following: RSRP, RSRQ, cell selection reception level value Srxlev, cell selection reception quality value Squal. If the signal measurement result is RSRP, the signal measurement threshold is the RSRP threshold. If the signal measurement result is RSRQ, the signal measurement threshold is the RSRQ threshold. If the signal measurement result is Srxlev, the signal measurement threshold is the Srxlev threshold. If the signal measurement result is Squal, the signal measurement threshold is the Squal threshold.
  • the signal measurement results may be different for different mobility management operations.
  • the signal measurement result may be Srxlev and/or Squal.
  • the signal measurement result can be Srxlev.
  • the signal measurement result can be RSRP and/or RSRQ.
  • the signal measurement result may be Srxlev and/or Squal.
  • the second condition in the embodiment of the present application is related to the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be different or the same. For example, in a scenario where the serving cell does not support coverage enhancement, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be the same. For another example, if the serving cell supports coverage enhancement, that is, the serving cell introduces coverage enhancement technology for the first terminal device, then the coverage range supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device is the same, but because the first terminal device and the second terminal device The antenna processing capabilities of the devices are different.
  • the RSRP value measured by the first terminal device is lower than the RSRP value measured by the second terminal device. Therefore, in this case, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the second The second conditions corresponding to the terminal devices may be different, so that the first terminal device and the second terminal device can more accurately perform relevant decisions on the mobility management operation.
  • the second condition may include a relationship between a signal measurement result of the terminal device and a signal measurement threshold. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the second signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device may be different. By setting different signal measurement thresholds, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can more accurately perform relevant decisions on mobility management operations. If the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is lower than the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the first signal measurement threshold may be lower than the second signal measurement threshold.
  • the second signal measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device.
  • the network device may send the second signal measurement threshold to the terminal device (including the first terminal device and the second terminal device) in a broadcast manner.
  • Different mobility management operations may correspond to different second signal measurement thresholds.
  • neighbor cell measurement may correspond to a second signal measurement threshold, and the second signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to initiate neighbor cell measurement.
  • the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation may correspond to a second signal measurement threshold.
  • the second signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to perform neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation. That is, the first signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate one or more of the following criteria. One: not at cell edge criterion, low mobility criterion, stationary criterion.
  • cell selection may correspond to a second signal measurement threshold, and the second signal measurement threshold may be used for cell selection.
  • cell reselection may correspond to a second signal measurement threshold, and the second signal measurement threshold may be used for cell reselection.
  • the first signal measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device, or the first signal measurement threshold may be a threshold predefined in the protocol, or the first signal measurement threshold may be a threshold calculated by the first terminal.
  • Different mobility management operations may correspond to different first signal measurement thresholds.
  • neighbor cell measurement may correspond to a first signal measurement threshold, and the first signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to start neighbor cell measurement.
  • the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation may correspond to a first signal measurement threshold.
  • the first signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to perform neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation. That is, the first signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate one or more of the following criteria. One: not at cell edge criterion, low mobility criterion, stationary criterion.
  • cell selection may correspond to a first signal measurement threshold, and the first signal measurement threshold may be used for cell selection.
  • cell reselection may correspond to a first signal measurement threshold, and the first signal measurement threshold may be used for cell reselection.
  • the first terminal device may determine the first signal measurement threshold corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
  • the network device may configure one signal measurement threshold for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple signal measurement thresholds. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one signal measurement threshold, or may include multiple signal measurement thresholds.
  • the network device may send the signal measurement threshold to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures a signal measurement threshold for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same first signal measurement threshold. If the network device configures multiple signal measurement thresholds for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the first signal measurement threshold from the multiple signal measurement thresholds based on the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the first signal measurement threshold is a predefined threshold in the protocol, one signal measurement threshold or multiple signal measurement thresholds may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If a signal measurement threshold is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same first signal measurement threshold. If multiple signal measurement thresholds are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the first signal measurement threshold from the multiple signal measurement thresholds based on the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the multiple signal measurement thresholds described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a signal measurement threshold.
  • the first terminal device may select a signal measurement threshold corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from multiple signal measurement thresholds based on its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the first signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the second signal measurement threshold. That is to say, the first terminal device may determine the first signal measurement threshold based on the second signal measurement threshold.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the calculation method of the first signal measurement threshold.
  • the first signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and the third offset value. That is to say, the first terminal device can determine the first signal measurement threshold according to the second signal measurement threshold and the third offset value.
  • the third offset value can be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the third offset value can be designed according to the actual situation.
  • the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a third offset when determining the first signal measurement threshold. value. If the indication information indicates that a third offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the first signal measurement threshold based on the second signal measurement threshold and the third offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the third offset value, the first terminal device may use the second signal measurement threshold as the first signal measurement threshold.
  • the indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the first signal measurement threshold and the third offset value. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first signal measurement threshold is equal to the second signal measurement threshold.
  • the third offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the network device may send the third offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
  • the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values.
  • the network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same third offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the third offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the third offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol
  • one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same third offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the third offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value.
  • the first terminal device may select a third offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the third offset value may be determined based on the third information.
  • the third information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the third information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  • the third offset value max ⁇ 0, AnteGain_ref-AnteGain_UE ⁇ .
  • the third offset value ⁇ 0, PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE ⁇ .
  • the third offset value max ⁇ 0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE ⁇ +max ⁇ 0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE ⁇ .
  • the third offset value max ⁇ 0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE) ⁇ .
  • AnteGain_ref is the terminal device antenna gain reference value, which can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device.
  • AnteGain_UE is the actual antenna gain of the terminal device.
  • PolarizationLoss_ref is the polarization loss reference value of the terminal device. This value can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device.
  • PolarizationLoss_UE is the actual polarization loss of the terminal device.
  • third offset values may correspond to different mobility management operations.
  • the first terminal device may determine a third offset value corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
  • the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device may include a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
  • the second condition may include that the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold.
  • the second condition may include that the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is less than the signal measurement threshold.
  • the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold, and the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device includes the relationship between the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold. corresponding relationship.
  • the first terminal device can perform mobility management operations based on the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the first signal measurement threshold, and the second terminal device can perform mobility management based on the signal measurement result and the second signal measurement threshold. operate.
  • the first signal measurement threshold and the second signal measurement threshold may be equal.
  • the fourth offset value may be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the fourth offset value may be designed according to the actual situation.
  • the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a fourth offset value when determining the signal measurement result. If the indication information indicates that a fourth offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the adjustment value of the signal measurement result according to the signal measurement result and the fourth offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the fourth offset value, the first terminal device does not need to determine the adjustment value of the signal measurement result, but can directly use the signal measurement result.
  • the indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first terminal device may determine the adjustment value of the signal measurement result based on the signal measurement result and the sixth offset value. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first terminal device directly uses the signal measurement result.
  • the fourth offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be an offset value predefined in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the network device may send the fourth offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
  • the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values.
  • the network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same fourth offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine a fourth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the fourth offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol
  • one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same fourth offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the fourth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value.
  • the first terminal device may select a fourth offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the fourth offset value may be determined based on the fourth information.
  • the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the fourth information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  • the fourth offset value max ⁇ 0, AnteGain_ref-AnteGain_UE ⁇ .
  • the fourth offset value ⁇ 0, PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE ⁇ .
  • the fourth offset value max ⁇ 0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE ⁇ +max ⁇ 0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE ⁇ .
  • the fourth offset value max ⁇ 0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE) ⁇ .
  • AnteGain_ref is the terminal device antenna gain reference value, which can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device.
  • AnteGain_UE is the actual antenna gain of the terminal device.
  • PolarizationLoss_ref is the polarization loss reference value of the terminal device. This value can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device.
  • PolarizationLoss_UE is the actual polarization loss of the terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine a fourth offset value corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
  • the terminal device can determine the second condition for use according to its type. For example, the terminal device can determine the signal measurement threshold to use based on its type. If the type of the terminal device is a first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the first signal measurement threshold. If the type of the terminal device is a second terminal device type, the terminal device may use the second signal measurement threshold. For another example, the terminal device can determine whether to use the adjustment value of the signal measurement result according to its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the adjustment value of the signal measurement result. If the type of the terminal device is the second terminal device type, the terminal device can directly use the signal measurement result.
  • the network device can be the second terminal device. Configure a second signal measurement threshold, which can save network device configuration overhead.
  • the signal measurement result may be Srxlev and/or Squal.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device may use different calculation methods to calculate Srxlev and/or Squal.
  • the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device, and/or the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the formula for calculating Srxlev and Squal by the first terminal device can be as follows:
  • the formula for calculating Srxlev and Squal by the second terminal device can be as follows:
  • Qrxlevmin_type1 is the lowest reception level value of the cell corresponding to the first terminal device
  • Qqualmin_type1 is the lowest reception quality value of the cell corresponding to the first terminal device
  • Qrxlevmin_type2 is the lowest reception level value of the cell corresponding to the second terminal device
  • Qqualmin_type2 is the second The minimum reception quality value of the cell corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the value of Qrxlevmin_type1 is different from the value of Qrxlevmin_type2, and the value of Qqualmin_type1 is different from the value of Qqualmin_type2.
  • Qrxlevmin_type1 can be one value or multiple values.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value size, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a Qrxlevmin_type1 value. If Qrxlevmin_type1 is a value, all first terminal devices use the same Qrxlevmin_type1 value when calculating Srxlev. If Qrxlevmin_type1 includes multiple values, the first terminal device may determine the Qrxlevmin_type1 value according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • Qqualmin_type1 can be one value or multiple values.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a Qqualmin_type1 value. If Qqualmin_type1 is a value, all first terminal devices use the same Qqualmin_type1 value when calculating Squal. If Qqualmin_type1 includes multiple values, the first terminal device may determine the Qqualmin_type1 value according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the above Qrxlevmin_type1 and/or Qqualmin_type1 can be configured by the network device.
  • the network device may notify the first terminal device of Qrxlevmin_type1 and/or Qqualmin_type1 by broadcasting.
  • the above Qrxlevmin_type1 and/or Qqualmin_type1 may be predefined values in the protocol.
  • the first terminal device may introduce the above-mentioned fourth offset value into the formula for calculating Srxlev and/or Squal.
  • the second terminal device can still use the above formula (1) and formula (2) to calculate Srxlev and/or Squal.
  • the formula for calculating Srxlev and Squal by the first terminal device can be as follows:
  • Qrxlevminoffset_type2 and Qqualminoffset_type2 can be the fourth offset value introduced above.
  • the formula for calculating Srxlev and Squal by the first terminal device can be as follows:
  • Qrxlevoffset_type2 and/or Qqualoffset_type2 may be the fourth offset value introduced above.
  • the above describes the difference between the first condition and/or the second condition used by the first terminal device and the second terminal device during the mobility management operation.
  • the random access process is introduced below.
  • the terminal device also needs to perform random access based on signal measurement results (such as RSRP value).
  • signal measurement results such as RSRP value
  • the terminal device may select an SSB whose RSRP value is higher than the RSRP threshold (such as rsrp-ThresholdSSB) in the four-step random access process based on the RSRP measurement result.
  • the RSRP threshold such as rsrp-ThresholdSSB
  • the terminal device can select an SSB with an RSRP value higher than the RSRP threshold (such as msgA-RSRP-ThresholdSSB) in a two-step random access process based on the RSRP measurement result.
  • the RSRP threshold such as msgA-RSRP-ThresholdSSB
  • the terminal device may select a CSI-RS whose RSRP value is higher than the RSRP threshold (such as rsrp-ThresholdCSI-RS) based on the RSRP measurement result.
  • the random access in this process can be four-step random access.
  • the terminal device may select an uplink carrier based on the RSRP measurement results.
  • Uplink carriers may include normal uplink (NUL) carriers and supplementary uplink (SUL) carriers.
  • the terminal device can choose between NUL carrier and SUL carrier based on RSRP measurement results. For example, if the RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can use a NUL carrier. If the RSRP measurement value is less than or equal to the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can use the SUL carrier.
  • the terminal device may select a random access type based on the RSRP measurement value and the RSRP threshold (such as msgA-RSRP-Threshold). For example, if the RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can select two-step random access. If the RSRP measurement value is less than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device selects four-step random access.
  • the RSRP threshold such as msgA-RSRP-Threshold
  • the terminal device may determine whether to request repeated transmission of MSG3 based on the RSRP measurement value and the RSRP threshold (such as rsrp-ThresholdMsg3). If the RSRP measurement value is less than or equal to the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can request repeated transmission of MSG3. If the RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device may not request repeated transmission of MSG3.
  • the RSRP threshold such as rsrp-ThresholdMsg3
  • the terminal device may determine whether to perform small data transmission (SDT) based on the RSRP measurement value and the RSRP threshold (such as sdt-RSRP-Threshold). If the RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can perform SDT. If the RSRP measurement value is less than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device does not perform SDT.
  • SDT small data transmission
  • the terminal device can perform configured grant SDT (configured grant SDT, CG-SDT) SSB selection based on the RSRP measurement value and the RSRP threshold (such as cg-SDT-RSRP-ThresholdSSB).
  • the terminal device can select an SSB whose RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold.
  • the terminal device needs to use signal measurement conditions during the random access process.
  • the signal measurement condition may be the second condition described above.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device may be the first terminal device and the second terminal device introduced in the previous embodiment.
  • the coverage ranges actually supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device should be the same. If the first terminal device and the second terminal device perform random access according to the same signal measurement conditions (such as the same RSRP threshold), since the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is lower than the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, it will cause The random access performance of the first terminal device becomes worse. For example, the number of random access parameters that the first terminal device can select becomes fewer, or the probability that the first terminal device selects two-step random access becomes lower.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication method.
  • the signal measurement conditions can be matched with the cell coverage actually supported by the terminal device, so that the signal measurement conditions can be matched with the cell coverage actually supported by the terminal device.
  • step S810 the first terminal device performs random access based on signal measurement conditions.
  • step S910 the network device sends second configuration information to the first terminal device.
  • This second configuration information may be used to determine signal measurement conditions. That is to say, the first terminal device can determine the signal measurement conditions based on the second configuration information.
  • the signal measurement condition may include a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold. In other embodiments, the signal measurement condition may include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
  • the signal measurement conditions may include, for example, one or more of the following: the signal measurement result is greater than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, the signal measurement result is less than the signal measurement threshold, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, the signal measurement result is The adjustment value is less than the signal measurement threshold.
  • the corresponding signal measurement thresholds may be the same or different, and this is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the signal measurement threshold used for SSB selection and the signal measurement threshold used for CSI-RS selection may be the same or different.
  • the signal measurement threshold used for random access type selection and the signal measurement threshold used for SSB selection may be the same or different.
  • Signal measurement results may include one or more of the following: RSRP, RSRQ. If the signal measurement result is RSRP, the signal measurement threshold is the RSRP threshold. If the signal measurement result is RSRQ, the signal measurement threshold is the RSRQ threshold.
  • the signal measurement conditions in the embodiment of the present application are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device and the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device may be different or the same. For example, in a scenario where the serving cell does not support coverage enhancement, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device and the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device may be the same. For another example, if the serving cell supports coverage enhancement, that is, the serving cell introduces coverage enhancement technology for the first terminal device, then the coverage range supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device is the same, but because the first terminal device and the second terminal device The antenna processing capabilities of the devices are different.
  • the RSRP value measured by the first terminal device is lower than the RSRP value measured by the second terminal device. Therefore, in this case, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device are different from those of the second terminal device.
  • the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the terminal equipment may be different, so that the first terminal equipment and the second terminal equipment can more accurately perform relevant decisions on the random access operation.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be similar to the first terminal device and the second terminal device mentioned above.
  • the signal measurement condition may include a relationship between a signal measurement result of the terminal device and a signal measurement threshold. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the fourth signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device may be different. By setting different signal measurement thresholds, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can make more accurate decisions related to random access operations. If the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is lower than the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the third signal measurement threshold may be lower than the fourth signal measurement threshold.
  • the fourth signal measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device.
  • the network device may send the fourth signal measurement threshold to the terminal device (including the first terminal device and the second terminal device) in a broadcast manner.
  • different fourth signal measurement thresholds may be corresponding.
  • the SSB selection may correspond to a fourth signal measurement threshold.
  • the CSI-RS selection may correspond to a fourth signal measurement threshold.
  • the selection of the random access type may correspond to a fourth signal measurement threshold.
  • the selection of NUL carrier and SUL carrier may correspond to a fourth signal measurement threshold.
  • the third signal measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device, or the third signal measurement threshold may be a threshold predefined in the protocol, or the third signal measurement threshold may be a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  • Different random access operations may correspond to different third signal measurement thresholds.
  • the SSB selection may correspond to a third signal measurement threshold.
  • the CSI-RS selection may correspond to a third signal measurement threshold.
  • the selection of the random access type may correspond to a third signal measurement threshold.
  • the selection of NUL carrier and SUL carrier may correspond to a third signal measurement threshold.
  • the network device may configure one signal measurement threshold for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple signal measurement thresholds. That is to say, the above second configuration information may include one signal measurement threshold, or may include multiple signal measurement thresholds.
  • the network device may send the signal measurement threshold to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures a signal measurement threshold for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same third signal measurement threshold. If the network device configures multiple signal measurement thresholds for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine a third signal measurement threshold from the multiple signal measurement thresholds based on the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the third signal measurement threshold is a predefined threshold in the protocol, one signal measurement threshold may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, or multiple signal measurement thresholds may be predefined. If a signal measurement threshold is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same third signal measurement threshold. If multiple signal measurement thresholds are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the third signal measurement threshold from the multiple signal measurement thresholds based on the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the multiple signal measurement thresholds described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a signal measurement threshold.
  • the first terminal device may select a signal measurement threshold corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from multiple signal measurement thresholds based on its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the third signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold. That is to say, the first terminal device may determine the third signal measurement threshold based on the fourth signal measurement threshold.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the calculation method of the third signal measurement threshold.
  • the third signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and the fifth offset value. That is to say, the first terminal device can determine the third signal measurement threshold according to the fourth signal measurement threshold and the fifth offset value.
  • the fifth offset value can be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the fifth offset value can be designed according to the actual situation.
  • the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a fifth offset when determining the third signal measurement threshold. value. If the indication information indicates that a fifth offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the third signal measurement threshold based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and the fifth offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the fifth offset value, the first terminal device may use the fourth signal measurement threshold as the third signal measurement threshold.
  • the indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the third signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the third signal measurement threshold and the fifth offset value. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the third signal measurement threshold is equal to the fourth signal measurement threshold.
  • the fifth offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the network device may send the fifth offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
  • the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above second configuration information may include one offset value or multiple offset values.
  • the network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same fifth offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the fifth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the fifth offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol
  • one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same fifth offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the fifth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value.
  • the first terminal device may select a fifth offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the fifth offset value may be determined based on fifth information.
  • the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the fifth information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  • the fifth offset value max ⁇ 0, AnteGain_ref-AnteGain_UE ⁇ .
  • the fifth offset value ⁇ 0, PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE ⁇ .
  • the fifth offset value max ⁇ 0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE ⁇ +max ⁇ 0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE ⁇ .
  • the fifth offset value max ⁇ 0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE) ⁇ .
  • AnteGain_ref is the terminal device antenna gain reference value, which can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device.
  • AnteGain_UE is the actual antenna gain of the terminal device.
  • PolarizationLoss_ref is the polarization loss reference value of the terminal device. This value can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device.
  • PolarizationLoss_UE is the actual polarization loss of the terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine the fifth offset value corresponding to each random access operation for different random access operations.
  • the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device may include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
  • the signal measurement condition may include that the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold.
  • the signal measurement condition may include that the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is less than the signal measurement threshold.
  • the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold
  • the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device include the relationship between the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold. corresponding relationship.
  • the first terminal device can perform a random access operation based on the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the third signal measurement threshold, and the second terminal device can perform a random access operation based on the signal measurement result and the fourth signal measurement threshold. operate.
  • the third signal measurement threshold and the fourth signal measurement threshold may be equal.
  • the sixth offset value may be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the sixth offset value may be designed according to the actual situation.
  • the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a sixth offset value when determining the signal measurement result. If the indication information indicates that a sixth offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the adjustment value of the signal measurement result according to the signal measurement result and the sixth offset value. If the indication information indicates that it is not necessary to add the sixth offset value, the first terminal device may not need to determine the adjustment value of the signal measurement result, but may directly use the signal measurement result.
  • the indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first terminal device may determine the adjustment value of the signal measurement result based on the signal measurement result and the sixth offset value. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first terminal device directly uses the signal measurement result.
  • the sixth offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the network device may send the sixth offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
  • the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above second configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values.
  • the network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same sixth offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine a sixth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the sixth offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol
  • one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same sixth offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the sixth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses.
  • the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value.
  • the first terminal device may select a sixth offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the sixth offset value may be determined based on sixth information.
  • the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the sixth information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  • the sixth offset value max ⁇ 0, AnteGain_ref-AnteGain_UE ⁇ .
  • the sixth offset value ⁇ 0, PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE ⁇ .
  • the sixth offset value max ⁇ 0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE ⁇ +max ⁇ 0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE ⁇ .
  • the sixth offset value max ⁇ 0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE) ⁇ .
  • AnteGain_ref is the terminal device antenna gain reference value, which can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device.
  • AnteGain_UE is the actual antenna gain of the terminal device.
  • PolarizationLoss_ref is the polarization loss reference value of the terminal device. This value can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device.
  • PolarizationLoss_UE is the actual polarization loss of the terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine a sixth offset value corresponding to each random access operation for different random access operations.
  • the terminal device can determine the signal measurement conditions to be used according to its own type. For example, the terminal device can determine the signal measurement threshold to use based on its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the third signal measurement threshold. If the type of the terminal device is the second terminal device type, the terminal device may use the fourth signal measurement threshold. For another example, the terminal device can determine whether to use the adjustment value of the signal measurement result according to its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the adjustment value of the signal measurement result. If the type of the terminal device is the second terminal device type, the terminal device can directly use the signal measurement result.
  • the network device can be the second terminal device. Configure a fourth signal measurement threshold, which can save network device configuration overhead.
  • FIG 10 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device can be any first terminal device described above.
  • the terminal device may include an operating unit 1010.
  • the operating unit 1010 is configured to perform mobility management operations based on a first condition and/or a second condition, where the first condition is a location measurement condition, the second condition is a signal measurement condition, and the first condition and the The second condition is associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  • the mobility management operation includes one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement; neighbor cell radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation; cell selection; cell reselection.
  • the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, then the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the third condition corresponding to the second terminal device One condition is different, and/or the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the second condition corresponding to the device is different.
  • the first condition includes a relationship between a position measurement result and a position measurement threshold.
  • the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the third position measurement threshold of the second terminal device are The two position measurement thresholds are different.
  • the second location measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
  • the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the first position measurement threshold from a plurality of position measurement thresholds according to antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the measurement threshold is the threshold configured on the network device or the threshold predefined in the protocol.
  • the first position measurement threshold is determined by the first terminal device based on the second position measurement threshold and a first offset value.
  • the first offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the first offset value is determined based on first information
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the first offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the first information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • a determining unit 1020 configured to determine the first offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the first information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between an adjustment value of the position measurement result and a position measurement quantity threshold.
  • the adjustment value of the position measurement result is determined based on the position measurement result of the first terminal device and the second offset value.
  • the second offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the second offset value is determined based on second information
  • the second information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the second information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the second offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the second information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • a determining unit 1020 configured to determine the second offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the second information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • the position measurement results include one or more of the following information:
  • the distance between the first terminal device and the satellite is the distance between the first terminal device and the satellite
  • the angle of the first terminal device relative to the satellite is the angle of the first terminal device relative to the satellite
  • the propagation delay between the first terminal device and the satellite is the propagation delay between the first terminal device and the satellite.
  • the second condition includes a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  • the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the first signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device.
  • the two signal measurement thresholds are different.
  • the second signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
  • the first signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, a threshold predefined in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the first signal measurement threshold from a plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the measurement threshold is the threshold configured on the network device or the threshold predefined in the protocol.
  • the first signal measurement threshold is determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and a third offset value.
  • the third offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal.
  • the third offset value is determined based on third information, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the third information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the third offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the third information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • a determining unit 1020 configured to determine the third offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the third information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • the signal measurement results include the cell selection reception level value Srxlev, the Srxlev is determined based on the lowest reception level value Qrxlevmin of the cell, the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal device and the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device Different; and/or, the signal measurement result includes the cell selection reception quality value Squal, the Squal is determined based on the lowest reception quality value Qqualmin of the cell, and the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device, Wherein, the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device.
  • the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
  • the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the fourth offset value.
  • the fourth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the fourth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the fourth information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • a determining unit 1020 configured to determine the fourth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the fourth information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, cell selection reception level value Srxlev, cell selection reception power value Squal.
  • one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
  • the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
  • the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
  • the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device may be any first terminal device described above.
  • the terminal device may include an execution unit 1110.
  • the execution unit 1110 is configured to perform random access based on signal measurement conditions, where the signal measurement conditions are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  • the random access includes one or more of the following operations: SSB selection in a four-step random access process; CSI-RS selection in a four-step random access process; two-step random access.
  • SSB selection in the input selection of uplink carrier; selection of random access type; request Msg3 repeated transmission; determine whether to perform SDT; SSB selection of CG-SDT.
  • the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device are the same as the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the measurement conditions are different.
  • the signal measurement condition includes a relationship between the signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  • the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the third signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device.
  • the four signal measurement thresholds are different.
  • the fourth signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
  • the third signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1120, configured to determine the third signal measurement threshold from a plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
  • the measurement threshold is the threshold configured on the network device or the threshold predefined in the protocol.
  • the third signal measurement threshold is determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and a fifth offset value.
  • the fifth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the fifth offset value is determined based on fifth information, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1120, configured to determine the fifth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the fifth information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • a determining unit 1120 configured to determine the fifth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the fifth information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the signal measurement threshold.
  • the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the sixth offset value.
  • the sixth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the sixth offset value is determined based on sixth information, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1120, configured to determine the sixth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the sixth information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • a determining unit 1120 configured to determine the sixth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the sixth information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
  • the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ.
  • one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
  • the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
  • the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
  • the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can be any of the network devices described above.
  • the network device may include a sending unit 1210.
  • Sending unit 1210 configured to send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to determine a first condition and/or a second condition, where the first condition is a location measurement condition, and the second The condition is a signal measurement condition, the first condition and/or the second condition are used to perform mobility management operations, and the first condition and the second condition are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  • the mobility management operation includes one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement; neighbor cell radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation; cell selection; cell reselection.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device
  • the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device
  • the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the second condition corresponding to the device is different.
  • the first condition includes a relationship between a position measurement result and a position measurement threshold.
  • the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the third position measurement threshold of the second terminal device are The two position measurement thresholds are different.
  • the second location measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
  • the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes a plurality of location measurement thresholds
  • the first location measurement threshold is derived from the plurality of location measurement thresholds based on antenna gain and/or polarization loss of the first terminal device. OK.
  • the first position measurement threshold is determined by the first terminal device based on the second position measurement threshold and a first offset value.
  • the first offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the first offset value is determined based on first information
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values
  • the first offset value is determined by the first terminal device from the plurality of offset values according to the first information.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between an adjustment value of the position measurement result and a position measurement quantity threshold.
  • the adjustment value of the position measurement result is determined based on the position measurement result of the first terminal device and the second offset value.
  • the second offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the second offset value is determined based on second information
  • the second information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the second information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values
  • the second offset value is determined from the plurality of offset values according to the second information.
  • the position measurement results include one or more of the following information: the distance between the first terminal device and the satellite ground reference point; the distance between the first terminal device and the satellite ; The angle of the first terminal device relative to the satellite; the propagation delay between the first terminal device and the satellite.
  • the second condition includes a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  • the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the first signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device.
  • the two signal measurement thresholds are different.
  • the second signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
  • the first signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, a threshold predefined in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes a plurality of signal measurement thresholds, and the first signal measurement threshold is obtained from the plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss of the first terminal device. OK.
  • the first signal measurement threshold is determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and a third offset value.
  • the third offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the third offset value is determined based on third information, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the third information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values
  • the third offset value is determined from the plurality of offset values according to the third information.
  • the signal measurement results include the cell selection reception level value Srxlev, the Srxlev is determined based on the lowest reception level value Qrxlevmin of the cell, the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal device and the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device Different; and/or, the signal measurement result includes the cell selection reception quality value Squal, the Squal is determined based on the lowest reception quality value Qqualmin of the cell, and the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device, Wherein, the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device.
  • the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
  • the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a fourth offset value.
  • the fourth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, cell selection reception level value Srxlev, cell selection reception power value Squal.
  • one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
  • the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
  • the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
  • the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can be any of the network devices described above.
  • the network device may include a sending unit 1310.
  • Sending unit 1310 configured to send second configuration information to the first terminal.
  • the second configuration information is used to determine signal measurement conditions.
  • the signal measurement conditions are used for random access.
  • the signal measurement conditions are consistent with the first Correlated with the antenna processing capabilities of the terminal device.
  • the random access includes one or more of the following operations: SSB selection in a four-step random access process; CSI-RS selection in a four-step random access process; two-step random access.
  • SSB selection in the input selection of uplink carrier; selection of random access type; requesting Msg3 repeated transmission; determining whether to perform SDT; SSB selection of CG-SDT.
  • the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device are the same as the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the measurement conditions are different.
  • the signal measurement condition includes a relationship between the signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  • the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the third signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device.
  • the four signal measurement thresholds are different.
  • the fourth signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
  • the third signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the second configuration information includes a plurality of signal measurement thresholds
  • the third signal measurement threshold is selected from the plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss of the first terminal device.
  • the third signal measurement threshold is determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and a fifth offset value.
  • the fifth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the fifth offset value is determined based on fifth information, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the second configuration information includes a plurality of offset values
  • the fifth offset value is determined from the plurality of offset values according to the fifth information.
  • the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the signal measurement threshold.
  • the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the sixth offset value.
  • the sixth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
  • the sixth offset value is determined based on sixth information, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
  • the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  • the second configuration information includes a plurality of offset values
  • the sixth offset value is determined from the plurality of offset values according to the sixth information.
  • the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ.
  • one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
  • the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
  • the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
  • the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the dashed line in Figure 14 indicates that the unit or module is optional.
  • the device 1400 can be used to implement the method described in the above method embodiment.
  • Device 1400 may be a chip, terminal device or network device.
  • Apparatus 1400 may include one or more processors 1410.
  • the processor 1410 can support the device 1400 to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 1410 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the processor can also be another general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) Or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • Apparatus 1400 may also include one or more memories 1420.
  • the memory 1420 stores a program, which can be executed by the processor 1410, so that the processor 1410 executes the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1420 may be independent of the processor 1410 or integrated in the processor 1410.
  • Apparatus 1400 may also include a transceiver 1430.
  • Processor 1410 may communicate with other devices or chips through transceiver 1430.
  • the processor 1410 can transmit and receive data with other devices or chips through the transceiver 1430.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a program.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied in the terminal or network device provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the program causes the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or network device in various embodiments of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a program.
  • the computer program product can be applied in the terminal or network device provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the program causes the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or network device in various embodiments of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the terminal or network device provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or network device in various embodiments of the present application.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined based on A. But it should also be understood that determining B based on A does not mean determining B only based on A. B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be read by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (e.g., digital video discs (DVD)) or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks (SSD) )wait.
  • magnetic media e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes
  • optical media e.g., digital video discs (DVD)
  • semiconductor media e.g., solid state disks (SSD)

Abstract

Provided are wireless communication methods and apparatuses. A wireless communication method comprises: a first terminal device performing a mobility management operation on the basis of a first condition and/or a second condition, wherein the first condition is a position measurement condition, the second condition is a signal measurement condition, and the first condition and the second condition are associated with an antenna processing capability of the first terminal device. In the present application, a first terminal device can perform a mobility management operation by using a condition associated with an antenna processing capability thereof. Since a condition used by a terminal device is associated with an antenna processing capability of the terminal device, in the embodiments of the present application, the difference between antenna processing capabilities of terminal devices can be fully taken into consideration, such that a terminal device can more accurately execute a related decision regarding a mobility management operation according to its own antenna processing capability.

Description

无线通信的方法及装置Wireless communication method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,并且更为具体地,涉及一种无线通信的方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a wireless communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
终端设备可以基于一定的条件,如信号测量条件和/或位置测量条件,进行移动性管理操作。如果不同类型的终端设备基于相同的条件进行移动性管理操作,会导致终端设备不能准确地执行移动性管理操作的相关判决。The terminal device can perform mobility management operations based on certain conditions, such as signal measurement conditions and/or location measurement conditions. If different types of terminal devices perform mobility management operations based on the same conditions, the terminal device may not be able to accurately perform relevant decisions on mobility management operations.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种无线通信的方法及装置,能够使得终端设备可以准确地执行移动性管理操作的相关判决。The present application provides a wireless communication method and device, which enables a terminal device to accurately execute relevant decisions on mobility management operations.
第一方面,提供一种无线通信的方法,包括:第一终端设备基于第一条件和/或第二条件,进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。A first aspect provides a wireless communication method, including: a first terminal device performing a mobility management operation based on a first condition and/or a second condition, the first condition being a location measurement condition, and the second condition The first condition and the second condition are signal measurement conditions, and the first condition and the second condition are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
第二方面,提供一种无线通信的方法,包括:第一终端设备基于信号测量条件,进行随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。In a second aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, including: a first terminal device performing random access based on signal measurement conditions, where the signal measurement conditions are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
第三方面,提供一种无线通信的方法,包括:网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一条件和/或第二条件,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,第一条件和/或第二条件用于进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。In a third aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, including: a network device sending first configuration information to a first terminal device, the first configuration information being used to determine a first condition and/or a second condition, the first The condition is a location measurement condition, the second condition is a signal measurement condition, the first condition and/or the second condition are used to perform mobility management operations, the first condition and the second condition are related to the first terminal Related to the device’s antenna processing capabilities.
第四方面,提供一种无线通信的方法,包括:网络设备向第一终端发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定信号测量条件,所述信号测量条件用于随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。In a fourth aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, including: a network device sends second configuration information to a first terminal, the second configuration information is used to determine signal measurement conditions, and the signal measurement conditions are used for random access, The signal measurement conditions are associated with the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device.
第五方面,提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备为第一终端设备,包括:操作单元,用于基于第一条件和/或第二条件,进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。In a fifth aspect, a terminal device is provided. The terminal device is a first terminal device, including: an operating unit configured to perform a mobility management operation based on a first condition and/or a second condition, and the first condition is Position measurement conditions, the second condition is a signal measurement condition, and the first condition and the second condition are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
第六方面,提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备为第一终端设备,包括:执行单元,用于基于信号测量条件,进行随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。A sixth aspect provides a terminal device, the terminal device being a first terminal device, including: an execution unit configured to perform random access based on signal measurement conditions, the signal measurement conditions being the same as those of the first terminal device. Antenna processing capabilities are associated.
第七方面,提供一种网络设备,包括:发送单元,用于向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一条件和/或第二条件,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,第一条件和/或第二条件用于进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。A seventh aspect provides a network device, including: a sending unit configured to send first configuration information to a first terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to determine a first condition and/or a second condition, and the third One condition is a location measurement condition, the second condition is a signal measurement condition, the first condition and/or the second condition are used to perform mobility management operations, the first condition and the second condition are the same as the first condition. Correlated with the antenna processing capabilities of the terminal device.
第八方面,提供一种网络设备,包括:发送单元,用于向第一终端发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定信号测量条件,所述信号测量条件用于随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。An eighth aspect provides a network device, including: a sending unit configured to send second configuration information to a first terminal, the second configuration information being used to determine signal measurement conditions, and the signal measurement conditions being used for random access , the signal measurement condition is associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
第九方面,提供一种终端,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储程序,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序,以执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。A ninth aspect provides a terminal, including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store programs, and the processor is used to call the program in the memory to execute the method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect. .
第十方面,提供一种网络设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储程序,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序,以执行如第三方面或第四方面所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a network device is provided, including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store a program, and the processor is used to call the program in the memory to execute the method described in the third or fourth aspect. method.
第十一方面,提供一种装置,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用程序,以执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a device is provided, including a processor for calling a program from a memory to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
第十二方面,提供一种装置,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用程序,以执行如第三方面或第四方面所述的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a device is provided, including a processor for calling a program from a memory to execute the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
第十三方面,提供一种芯片,包括处理器,用于从存储器调用程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a chip is provided, including a processor for calling a program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method described in the first or second aspect.
第十四方面,提供一种芯片,包括处理器,用于从存储器调用程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如第三方面或第四方面所述的方法。A fourteenth aspect provides a chip, including a processor for calling a program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
第十五方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。A fifteenth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium having a program stored thereon, the program causing a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
第十六方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如第三 方面或第四方面所述的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided with a program stored thereon, and the program causes the computer to perform the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
第十七方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,包括程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。A seventeenth aspect provides a computer program product, including a program that causes a computer to perform the method described in the first or second aspect.
第十八方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,包括程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如第三方面或第四方面所述的方法。An eighteenth aspect provides a computer program product, including a program that causes a computer to perform the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
第十九方面,提供一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。A nineteenth aspect provides a computer program that causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
第二十方面,提供一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如第三方面或第四方面所述的方法。A twentieth aspect provides a computer program that causes a computer to perform the method described in the third or fourth aspect.
本申请中的第一终端设备可以使用与其天线处理能力相关联的条件,进行移动性管理操作。由于终端设备使用的条件与其天线处理能力相关联,因此,本申请实施例可以充分考虑终端设备的天线处理能力的差异性,使得终端设备可以根据自己的天线处理能力更准确地执行移动性管理操作的相关判决。The first terminal device in the present application can perform mobility management operations using conditions associated with its antenna processing capabilities. Since the conditions for use of the terminal device are related to its antenna processing capabilities, the embodiments of the present application can fully consider the differences in the antenna processing capabilities of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can more accurately perform mobility management operations based on its own antenna processing capabilities. related judgments.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是可应用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统。Figure 1 is a wireless communication system applicable to embodiments of the present application.
图2为一种于透明转发网络架构的示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a transparent forwarding network architecture.
图3为一种再生转发网络结构的示意图。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a regeneration and forwarding network structure.
图4是一种地面网络中的不同位置的信号接收强度示意图。Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of signal reception strength at different locations in a terrestrial network.
图5是NTN系统中不同位置的信号接收强度示意图。Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of signal reception strength at different locations in the NTN system.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法的流程示意图。Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种无线通信方法的流程示意图。Figure 7 is a schematic flowchart of another wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种无线通信方法的流程示意图。Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart of another wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种无线通信方法的流程示意图。Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的示意性框图。Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的示意性框图。Figure 11 is a schematic block diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的示意性框图。Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备的示意性框图。Figure 13 is a schematic block diagram of another network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1是本申请实施例应用的无线通信系统100。该无线通信系统100可以包括网络设备110和终端设备120。网络设备110可以是与终端设备120通信的设备。网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备120进行通信。Figure 1 is a wireless communication system 100 applied in the embodiment of the present application. The wireless communication system 100 may include a network device 110 and a terminal device 120. The network device 110 may be a device that communicates with the terminal device 120 . The network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and may communicate with terminal devices 120 located within the coverage area.
图1示例性地示出了一个网络设备和两个终端,可选地,该无线通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Figure 1 exemplarily shows one network device and two terminals. Optionally, the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices. This application The embodiment does not limit this.
可选地,该无线通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the wireless communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
应理解,本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统,又如卫星通信系统,等等。It should be understood that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) systems or new radio (NR), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) systems , LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), etc. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system, satellite communication systems, and so on.
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile Terminal,MT)、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,可以用于连接人、物和机,例如具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。可选地,UE可以用于充当 基站。例如,UE可以充当调度实体,其在V2X或D2D等中的UE之间提供侧行链路信号。比如,蜂窝电话和汽车利用侧行链路信号彼此通信。蜂窝电话和智能家居设备之间通信,而无需通过基站中继通信信号。The terminal equipment in the embodiment of this application may also be called user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT) ), remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communications equipment, user agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, and may be used to connect people, things, and machines, such as handheld devices and vehicle-mounted devices with wireless connection functions. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a notebook computer, a handheld computer, a mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), a wearable device, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart Wireless terminals in the power grid (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart cities (smart city), wireless terminals in smart homes (smart home), etc. Optionally, the UE can be used to act as a base station. For example, a UE may act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between UEs in V2X or D2D, etc. For example, cell phones and cars use sidelink signals to communicate with each other. Cell phones and smart home devices communicate between each other without having to relay communication signals through base stations.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备也可以称为接入网设备或无线接入网设备,如网络设备可以是基站。本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是指将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。基站可以广义的覆盖如下中的各种名称,或与如下名称进行替换,比如:节点B(NodeB)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、中继站、接入点、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、主站MeNB、辅站SeNB、多制式无线(MSR)节点、家庭基站、网络控制器、接入节点、无线节点、接入点(access point,AP)、传输节点、收发节点、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、射频拉远单元(Remote Radio Unit,RRU)、有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)、射频头(remote radio head,RRH)、中心单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)、定位节点等。基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主节点或类似物,或其组合。基站还可以指用于设置于前述设备或装置内的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片。基站还可以是移动交换中心以及设备到设备D2D、车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)、机器到机器(machine-to-machine,M2M)通信中承担基站功能的设备、6G网络中的网络侧设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。基站可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device. The network device may also be called an access network device or a wireless access network device. For example, the network device may be a base station. The network device in the embodiment of this application may refer to a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device) that connects the terminal device to the wireless network. The base station can broadly cover various names as follows, or be replaced with the following names, such as: Node B (NodeB), evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB), relay station, Access point, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (TP), main station MeNB, secondary station SeNB, multi-standard wireless (MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node , wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, base band unit (BBU), radio remote unit (Remote Radio Unit, RRU), active antenna unit (active antenna unit) , AAU), radio head (remote radio head, RRH), central unit (central unit, CU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), positioning node, etc. The base station may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof. A base station may also refer to a communication module, modem or chip used in the aforementioned equipment or devices. The base station can also be a mobile switching center and a device that undertakes base station functions in device-to-device D2D, vehicle-to-everything (V2X), machine-to-machine (M2M) communications, and in 6G networks. Network side equipment, equipment that assumes base station functions in future communication systems, etc. Base stations can support networks with the same or different access technologies. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.
基站可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。例如,直升机或无人机可以被配置成充当移动基站,一个或多个小区可以根据该移动基站的位置移动。在其他示例中,直升机或无人机可以被配置成用作与另一基站通信的设备。Base stations can be fixed or mobile. For example, a helicopter or drone may be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells may move based on the mobile base station's location. In other examples, a helicopter or drone may be configured to serve as a device that communicates with another base station.
在一些部署中,本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是指CU或者DU,或者,网络设备包括CU和DU。gNB还可以包括AAU。In some deployments, the network device in the embodiment of this application may refer to a CU or a DU, or the network device includes a CU and a DU. gNB can also include AAU.
网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请实施例中对网络设备和终端设备所处的场景不做限定。Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the sky. In the embodiments of this application, the scenarios in which network devices and terminal devices are located are not limited.
应理解,本申请中涉及到的通信设备,可以为网络设备,或者也可以为终端设备。例如,第一通信设备为网络设备,第二通信设备为终端设备。又如,第一通信设备为终端设备,第二通信设备为网络设备。又如,第一通信设备和第二通信设备均为网络设备,或者均为终端设备。It should be understood that the communication device involved in this application may be a network device or a terminal device. For example, the first communication device is a network device, and the second communication device is a terminal device. For another example, the first communication device is a terminal device, and the second communication device is a network device. For another example, the first communication device and the second communication device are both network devices, or both are terminal devices.
还应理解,本申请中的通信设备的全部或部分功能也可以通过在硬件上运行的软件功能来实现,或者通过平台(例如云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能来实现。It should also be understood that all or part of the functions of the communication device in this application can also be implemented by software functions running on hardware, or by virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (such as a cloud platform).
随着人们对速率、延迟、高速移动性、能效的追求以及未来生活中业务的多样性和复杂性,第三代移动通信合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)国际标准组织开始研发5G。5G的主要应用场景可以包括:增强移动超宽带(enhance mobile broadband,eMBB)、低时延高可靠通信(ultra reliable low latency communications,URLLC)和大规模机器类通信(massive machine type communication,mMTC)。本申请实施例的方案可适用于上述任意一种场景。With people's pursuit of speed, delay, high-speed mobility, energy efficiency, and the diversity and complexity of services in future life, the 3rd generation mobile communications partnership project (3GPP) international standards organization began to develop 5G. The main application scenarios of 5G can include: enhanced mobile ultra-broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low latency communications (URLLC) and massive machine type communication (mMTC). The solutions in the embodiments of this application can be applied to any of the above scenarios.
eMBB业务的主要特点是传输的数据量大,传输速率高。在传输eMBB业务的数据时,一般采用较长时间的时间调度单元来进行数据的传输以提高数据传输效率。典型的eMBB业务可以包括:超高清视频、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)等。The main characteristics of the eMBB service are the large amount of data transmitted and the high transmission rate. When transmitting eMBB service data, a longer time scheduling unit is generally used to transmit data to improve data transmission efficiency. Typical eMBB services can include: ultra-high-definition video, augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR), etc.
URLLC业务的主要特点是要求超高的可靠性和超低的延时,传输的数据量较少并且具有突发性。例如,在不考虑可靠性的情况下,URLLC业务的传输时延要求一般在0.5毫秒以内。在可靠性要求达到99.999%的前提下,URLLC业务的传输时延要求在1ms以内。由于URLLC业务具有突发性和随机性,因此,URLLC业务可能在很长一段时间内都不会产生数据包,也可能在很短时间内产生多个数据包,这些数据包在多数情况下为小包(例如,大小为50个字节的数据包)。典型的URLLC业务可以包括:工业制造或生产流程中的无线控制,无人驾驶汽车或无人驾驶飞机的运动控制以及远程修理,远程手术等触觉交互类应用。The main characteristics of the URLLC service are that it requires ultra-high reliability and ultra-low latency, and the amount of data transmitted is small and bursty. For example, without considering reliability, the transmission delay requirement of URLLC services is generally within 0.5 milliseconds. Under the premise that the reliability requirement reaches 99.999%, the transmission delay of the URLLC service is required to be within 1ms. Since the URLLC service is bursty and random, the URLLC service may not generate data packets for a long period of time, or may generate multiple data packets in a short period of time. In most cases, these data packets are Small packets (e.g., packets of size 50 bytes). Typical URLLC services can include: wireless control in industrial manufacturing or production processes, motion control of driverless cars or drones, and tactile interactive applications such as remote repair and remote surgery.
mMTC的典型特点可以包括:高连接密度,小数据量,时延不敏感业务,模块的低成本和长使用寿命等。该场景主要面向物联网业务,它对网络的接入能力提出了极高的要求。Typical features of mMTC can include: high connection density, small data volume, delay-insensitive services, low cost and long service life of the module, etc. This scenario is mainly oriented to the Internet of Things business, which places extremely high requirements on network access capabilities.
无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态Radio resource control (RRC) status
目前,协议中定义了终端设备的三种RRC状态:RRC连接(RRC_CONNECTED)态、RRC空闲(RRC-IDLE)态和RRC非激活(RRC-INACTIVE)态。Currently, the protocol defines three RRC states of terminal equipment: RRC connected (RRC_CONNECTED) state, RRC idle (RRC-IDLE) state, and RRC inactive (RRC-INACTIVE) state.
RRC连接态可以指终端设备完成随机接入过程之后,未进行RRC释放时所处的状态。终端设备和 网络设备(例如接入网络设备)之间存在RRC连接。在RRC连接态下,终端设备可以和网络设备进行数据传输,如进行下行数据传输和/或上行数据传输。或者,终端设备也可以和网络设备进行终端设备特定的数据信道和/或控制信道的传输,以传输该终端设备的特定信息或单播信息。The RRC connection state may refer to the state in which the terminal device is in after completing the random access process and before RRC release is performed. There is an RRC connection between terminal equipment and network equipment (such as access network equipment). In the RRC connection state, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device, such as downlink data transmission and/or uplink data transmission. Alternatively, the terminal device may also transmit terminal device-specific data channels and/or control channels with the network device to transmit specific information or unicast information of the terminal device.
在RRC连接态下,网络设备可以确定终端设备小区级别的位置信息,也就是说,网络设备可以确定终端设备所属的小区。在RRC连接态下,终端设备发生位置移动后,如从一个小区移动到另一个小区后,网络设备可以控制终端设备进行小区切换(handover)。由此可见,终端设备在RRC连接态下的移动性管理可以包括小区切换。另外,终端设备在RRC连接态下的移动性管理可以由网络设备控制,相应地,终端设备可以按照网络设备下发的指令切换到指定的小区。In the RRC connected state, the network device can determine the cell-level location information of the terminal device, that is, the network device can determine the cell to which the terminal device belongs. In the RRC connected state, after the terminal device moves, such as from one cell to another cell, the network device can control the terminal device to perform cell handover (handover). It can be seen that the mobility management of the terminal device in the RRC connected state may include cell handover. In addition, the mobility management of the terminal device in the RRC connected state can be controlled by the network device. Accordingly, the terminal device can switch to a designated cell according to instructions issued by the network device.
RRC连接态是指终端设备在小区中驻留,但是未进行随机接入时终端设备所处的状态。终端设备通常在开机之后,或者在RRC释放之后进入RRC连接态。在RRC连接态下,终端设备和网络设备(例如驻留网络设备)之间没有RRC连接,网络设备没有存储终端设备的上下文,网络设备与核心网之间没有建立针对该终端设备的连接。如果终端设备需要从RRC空闲态进入RRC连接态,则需要发起RRC连接建立过程。The RRC connected state refers to the state of the terminal device when it is camped in the cell but does not perform random access. The terminal device usually enters the RRC connected state after powering on or after RRC is released. In the RRC connection state, there is no RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device (such as the resident network device), the network device does not store the context of the terminal device, and no connection for the terminal device is established between the network device and the core network. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC idle state, it needs to initiate the RRC connection establishment process.
在RRC空闲态下,核心网(core network,CN)可以向终端设备发送寻呼消息,也就是说,寻呼过程可以由CN触发。可选地,寻呼区域也可以由CN配置。在一些情况下,对于处在RRC空闲态下的终端设备而言,当终端设备发生位置移动(例如,从一个小区移动到另一个小区)后,终端设备可以发起小区重选(cell reselection)过程。在另一些情况下,对于处在RRC空闲态下的终端设备而言,当终端设备需要接入小区时,终端设备可以发起小区选择(cell selection)过程。也就是说,终端设备在RRC空闲态的移动性管理可以包括小区重选和/或小区选择。In the RRC idle state, the core network (CN) can send paging messages to the terminal device, that is to say, the paging process can be triggered by the CN. Optionally, the paging area can also be configured by the CN. In some cases, for a terminal device in the RRC idle state, when the terminal device moves (for example, from one cell to another cell), the terminal device can initiate a cell reselection process. . In other cases, for a terminal device in the RRC idle state, when the terminal device needs to access a cell, the terminal device can initiate a cell selection process. That is to say, the mobility management of the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state may include cell reselection and/or cell selection.
RRC非激活态是为了降低空口信令、快速恢复无线连接和快速恢复数据业务,定义的状态。RRC非激活态是处于连接态和空闲态之间的一个状态。终端设备之前已经进入了RRC连接态,然后释放了与网络设备的RRC连接,但是网络设备保存了该终端设备的上下文。另外,网络设备与核心网建立的针对该终端设备的连接没有被释放,也就是说,RAN与CN之间的用户面承载和控制面承载仍被维护,即存在CN-NR的连接。The RRC inactive state is a state defined to reduce air interface signaling, quickly restore wireless connections, and quickly restore data services. The RRC inactive state is a state between the connected state and the idle state. The terminal device has entered the RRC connection state before and then released the RRC connection with the network device, but the network device saved the context of the terminal device. In addition, the connection established between the network equipment and the core network for the terminal equipment has not been released, that is to say, the user plane bearer and control plane bearer between the RAN and the CN are still maintained, that is, there is a CN-NR connection.
在RRC非激活态下,RAN可以向终端设备发送寻呼消息,也就是说,寻呼过程可以由RAN触发。基于RAN的寻呼区域由RAN管理,网络设备能够知道终端设备的位置是基于RAN的寻呼区域级别的。In the RRC inactive state, the RAN can send a paging message to the terminal device, that is, the paging process can be triggered by the RAN. The RAN-based paging area is managed by the RAN, and the network device can know the location of the terminal device based on the RAN-based paging area level.
在一些情况下,对于处在RRC非激活态下的终端设备而言,当终端设备发生位置移动(例如,从一个小区移动到另一个小区)后,终端设备可以发起小区重选过程。在另一些情况下,对于处在RRC非激活态下的终端设备而言,当终端设备需要接入小区时,终端设备可以发起小区选择过程。也就是说,终端设备在RRC非激活态的移动性管理可以包括小区重选和/或小区选择。In some cases, for a terminal device in an RRC inactive state, when the terminal device moves (for example, moves from one cell to another cell), the terminal device may initiate a cell reselection process. In other cases, for a terminal device in an RRC inactive state, when the terminal device needs to access a cell, the terminal device may initiate a cell selection process. That is to say, the mobility management of the terminal equipment in the RRC inactive state may include cell reselection and/or cell selection.
无论是小区选择、小区切换还是小区重选都可以基于无线资源管理(radio resource management,RRM)测量的RRM测量结果进行,例如,当RRM测量结果大于RRM测量门限之后,终端设备可以执行小区选择、小区切换或者小区重选。下文主要介绍RRM测量。Whether it is cell selection, cell handover or cell reselection, all can be performed based on the RRM measurement results of radio resource management (RRM) measurements. For example, when the RRM measurement results are greater than the RRM measurement threshold, the terminal device can perform cell selection, Cell handover or cell reselection. The following mainly introduces RRM measurement.
RRM测量RRM measurement
RRM测量属于一种移动性测量。RRM测量也称为信号测量。如上文介绍,无论是小区选择、小区切换还是小区重选,都可以基于信号测量结果进行,因此,移动性测量可以理解为是移动性管理的基础。在一些实现方式中,终端设备可以对网络设备发送的同步/物理广播信道块(synchronization/physicalbroadcast channel block,SSB)和/或信道状态信息参考信号(channel stateinformation-reference signal,CSI-RS)进行信号测量,得到信号测量结果。终端设备可以基于信号测量结果,进行移动性管理操作。移动性管理操作可以包括以下操作中的一种或多种:小区选择、小区重选、邻区测量、RRM测量放松中的一种或多种。邻区测量可以包括邻区测量的开启和/或关闭。邻区测量和RRM测量放松将在下文进行详细介绍。RRM measurement is a type of mobility measurement. RRM measurement is also called signal measurement. As introduced above, whether it is cell selection, cell handover or cell reselection, all can be performed based on signal measurement results. Therefore, mobility measurement can be understood as the basis of mobility management. In some implementations, the terminal device can signal the synchronization/physical broadcast channel block (SSB) and/or the channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) sent by the network device. Measure and get the signal measurement results. The terminal device can perform mobility management operations based on the signal measurement results. Mobility management operations may include one or more of the following operations: one or more of cell selection, cell reselection, neighbor cell measurement, and RRM measurement relaxation. Neighbor cell measurement may include turning on and/or turning off neighbor cell measurement. Neighbor cell measurement and RRM measurement relaxation will be introduced in detail below.
RRM测量的种类包括同频测量、异频/异系统(inter-RAT)测量。同频测量包括测量当前服务小区同一频带下的其他频点和与服务小区支持的频段的中心频点相同的邻区频点。异频/异系统测量包括测量与服务小区支持的频段的中心频点不相同的邻区频点,或者测量与服务小区不在同一个系统的邻区频点。The types of RRM measurement include same-frequency measurement and inter-frequency/inter-system (inter-RAT) measurement. Co-frequency measurement includes measuring other frequency points in the same frequency band of the current serving cell and neighboring cell frequencies that are the same as the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell. Inter-frequency/inter-system measurements include measuring neighboring cell frequencies that are different from the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell, or measuring neighboring cell frequencies that are not in the same system as the serving cell.
当终端设备处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态,终端设备和网络设备之间没有RRC连接。当终端设备驻留的小区(又称为服务小区)的信号测量结果低于一定门限(即上文的信号测量门限)时,终端设备可以根据网络设备在系统消息中配置的同频、异频和/或异系统邻区信息,对服务小区和与服务小区相邻的小区(又称为邻区)进行信号测量,并判断邻区的信号测量是否满足小区重选条件。如果邻区的信号测量结果满足小区重选条件,则终端设备在邻区驻留。当终端设备处于RRC连接态,终端 设备和网络设备之间存在RRC连接,网络设备通过RRC信令配置终端设备进行同频、异频和/或异系统邻区测量。终端设备将服务小区和邻区的信号测量通过RRC信令上报网络设备,使得网络设备可以根据当终端设备处于测量结果将终端设备切换到信号测量结果更好的小区。When the terminal device is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, there is no RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device. When the signal measurement result of the cell where the terminal device resides (also called the serving cell) is lower than a certain threshold (i.e., the signal measurement threshold above), the terminal device can configure the same frequency or different frequency according to the network device in the system message. and/or different system neighboring cell information, perform signal measurements on the serving cell and cells adjacent to the serving cell (also known as neighboring cells), and determine whether the signal measurement of the neighboring cells meets the cell reselection conditions. If the signal measurement results of the neighboring cell meet the cell reselection conditions, the terminal equipment will camp in the neighboring cell. When the terminal device is in the RRC connection state, there is an RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device, and the network device configures the terminal device through RRC signaling to perform intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/or inter-system neighbor cell measurements. The terminal device reports the signal measurements of the serving cell and neighboring cells to the network device through RRC signaling, so that the network device can switch the terminal device to a cell with better signal measurement results based on the measurement results when the terminal device is in the state.
终端设备在进行小区选择或小区重选时,可以基于S准则进行选择。When the terminal equipment performs cell selection or cell reselection, the selection can be based on the S criterion.
S准则定义为:Srxlev>0和Squal>0。其中,Srxlev表示小区选择接收电平值(也可以理解为终端设备在该小区的参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)),Squal表示小区选择接收质量值(也可以理解为终端设备在该小区的参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ))。如果小区的信号测量结果满足Srxlev>0和Squal>0条件,则表明该小区是适合驻留的小区。为方便描述,下文将Srxlev和Squal称为S参数。The S criterion is defined as: Srxlev>0 and Squal>0. Among them, Srxlev represents the cell selection reception level value (which can also be understood as the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of the terminal equipment in the cell), and Squal represents the cell selection reception quality value (which can also be understood as the terminal equipment’s reference signal receiving power (RSRP) in the cell). The reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) of the cell. If the signal measurement result of the cell meets the conditions of Srxlev>0 and Squal>0, it indicates that the cell is suitable for camping. For convenience of description, Srxlev and Squal are called S parameters below.
上述S参数的计算公式例如可以如下:The calculation formula of the above S parameters can be, for example, as follows:
Srxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin+Qrxlevminoffset)–Pcompensation–Qoffsettemp(公式1)Srxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin+Qrxlevminoffset)–Pcompensation–Qoffsettemp (Formula 1)
Squal=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin+Qqualminoffset)–Qoffsettemp(公式2)Squal=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin+Qqualminoffset)–Qoffsettemp (Formula 2)
其中,Qrxlevmeas表示终端设备在该小区的RSRP的测量值,Qqualmeas表示终端设备在该小区的RSRQ测量值,Qrxlevmin表示小区要求的最低接收电平(也称为最小RSRP),Qqualmin表示小区要求的最低接收质量(也称为最小RSRQ),Qrxlevminoffset表示小区最低接收电平偏置,Qqualminoffset表示小区的最低接收质量偏置。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向终端设备发送Qrxlevmeas、Qqualmeas、Qrxlevmin、Qqualmin、Qrxlevminoffset、Qqualminoffset等参数。Among them, Qrxlevmeas represents the measured value of RSRP of the terminal equipment in the cell, Qqualmeas represents the measured value of RSRQ of the terminal equipment in the cell, Qrxlevmin represents the minimum reception level required by the cell (also called the minimum RSRP), and Qqualmin represents the minimum required by the cell. Reception quality (also called minimum RSRQ), Qrxlevminoffset represents the minimum reception level offset of the cell, and Qqualminoffset represents the minimum reception quality offset of the cell. The network device can send Qrxlevmeas, Qqualmeas, Qrxlevmin, Qqualmin, Qrxlevminoffset, Qqualminoffset and other parameters to the terminal device through broadcast.
Pcompensation用于惩罚达不到小区最大发射功率要求的终端设备,Pcompensation的计算公式为:Pcompensation=max(pmax-pumax,0)(db)。pmax表示小区允许终端设备的最大上行发射功率,pumax表示终端设备能力支撑的最大上行发射功率。Pcompensation is used to punish terminal equipment that cannot meet the maximum transmit power requirements of the cell. The calculation formula of Pcompensation is: Pcompensation=max(pmax-pumax,0)(db). pmax represents the maximum uplink transmission power allowed by the terminal equipment in the cell, and pumax represents the maximum uplink transmission power supported by the terminal equipment's capabilities.
Qoffsettemp是针对多次T300超时的小区引入的惩罚因子,即终端设备多次在该小区上发送RRCSetupRequest,但是未收到RRCSetup消息。Qoffsettemp参数可以在SIB1中指定。Qoffsettemp is a penalty factor introduced for cells with multiple T300 timeouts, that is, the terminal device sends RRCSetupRequest to the cell multiple times, but does not receive the RRCSetup message. The Qoffsettemp parameter can be specified in SIB1.
上述S参数的计算公式仅是举例说明,并不对本申请实施例造成限定。在一些实施例中,S参数的计算公式也可以使用其他的公式,例如,S参数的计算公式中也可以省去Qoffsettemp参数。The above calculation formula of the S parameter is only an example and does not limit the embodiments of the present application. In some embodiments, other formulas may also be used for the calculation formula of the S parameter. For example, the Qoffsettemp parameter may also be omitted from the calculation formula of the S parameter.
需要说明的是,上述信号测量结果用于指示终端设备的通信质量。在一些实现方式中,上述信号测量结果可以包括以下测量量中的一项或多项:Srxlev、Squal、参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)、信噪比(signal to noise ratio,SNR)、信干噪比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)、接收信号强度指示(received signal strength indication,RSSI)等。It should be noted that the above signal measurement results are used to indicate the communication quality of the terminal device. In some implementations, the above signal measurement results may include one or more of the following measurement quantities: Srxlev, Squal, reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ), signal to noise ratio (SNR), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), received signal strength indication (RSSI), etc.
另外,上述信号测量门限包括所述测量门限中可以包括同频测量门限(Sintrasearch),以及异频/异系统测量门限(Snonintrasearch)。In addition, the above-mentioned signal measurement threshold may include a same-frequency measurement threshold (Sintrasearch) and an inter-frequency/inter-system measurement threshold (Snonintrasearch).
在一些实现方式中,上述同频测量门限可以包括:同频测量信号幅值门限(SintrasearchP)和同频测量信号强度门限(SintrasearchQ)。其中,SintrasearchP用于指示同频测量的信号幅值门限。SintrasearchQ用于指示同频测量的信号强度门限。In some implementations, the above-mentioned same-frequency measurement thresholds may include: a same-frequency measurement signal amplitude threshold (SintrasearchP) and a same-frequency measurement signal strength threshold (SintrasearchQ). Among them, SintrasearchP is used to indicate the signal amplitude threshold for same-frequency measurement. SintrasearchQ is used to indicate the signal strength threshold for co-frequency measurement.
在另一些实现方式中,上述异频/异系统测量门限可以包括:异频/异系统测量信号幅值门限(SnonintrasearchP)和异频/异系统测量信号强度门限(SnonintrasearchQ)。其中,SnonintrasearchP用于指示异频/异系统测量的信号幅值门限。SnonintrasearchQ用于指示异频/异系统测量的信号强度门限。In other implementations, the above-mentioned inter-frequency/inter-system measurement thresholds may include: inter-frequency/inter-system measurement signal amplitude threshold (SnonintrasearchP) and inter-frequency/inter-system measurement signal strength threshold (SnonintrasearchQ). Among them, SnonintrasearchP is used to indicate the signal amplitude threshold for inter-frequency/inter-system measurement. SnonintrasearchQ is used to indicate the signal strength threshold for inter-frequency/inter-system measurement.
当终端设备获取到信号测量结果之后,终端设备还可以基于信号测量结果执行第一操作。其中,第一操作可以包括上文介绍的小区切换、小区重选、小区选择、下文介绍的RRM测量放松、补充上行链路(supplementary uplink,SUL)载波切换、2步随机接入过程与4步随机接入过程的切换中的一种或多种。After the terminal device obtains the signal measurement result, the terminal device may also perform the first operation based on the signal measurement result. Among them, the first operation may include cell switching, cell reselection, cell selection introduced above, RRM measurement relaxation introduced below, supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier switching, 2-step random access process and 4-step One or more of the handovers in the random access procedure.
在一些协议中规定终端设备需要周期性进行信号测量,这导致了终端设备的能耗较大,尤其在某些测量场景下(例如终端设备处于静止状态或者终端设备的移动速度较低时),终端设备其实没有必要频繁地进行信号测量。因此为了降低终端设备的能耗,引入了RRM测量的省电机制以及RRM测量放松(RRM measurement relax)的机制。Some protocols stipulate that terminal equipment needs to perform signal measurements periodically, which results in high energy consumption of the terminal equipment, especially in certain measurement scenarios (such as when the terminal equipment is in a stationary state or when the terminal equipment moves at a low speed). There is actually no need for terminal equipment to perform signal measurements frequently. Therefore, in order to reduce the energy consumption of terminal equipment, the power saving mechanism of RRM measurement and the mechanism of RRM measurement relaxation are introduced.
RRM测量的省电机制Power saving mechanism for RRM measurement
终端设备可以基于S-测量(S-measure)准则进行信号测量,其中,如果终端设备执行信号测量得到的信号测量结果大于信号测量门限,则终端设备仅需要执行服务小区的信号测量,不执行服务小区之外的信号测量;如果终端设备执行信号测量得到的信号测量结果小于或等于信号测量门限,终端设备依据测量对象(measurement object,MO)的配置执行信号测量。The terminal device can perform signal measurement based on the S-measure (S-measure) criterion. If the signal measurement result obtained by the terminal device when performing signal measurement is greater than the signal measurement threshold, the terminal device only needs to perform signal measurement of the serving cell and does not perform service Signal measurement outside the cell; if the signal measurement result obtained by the terminal device when performing signal measurement is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, the terminal device performs signal measurement according to the configuration of the measurement object (measurement object, MO).
下文分别介绍终端设备进行同频测量和异频/异系统测量时遵循的信号测量规则。The following sections introduce the signal measurement rules followed by terminal equipment when performing same-frequency measurement and inter-frequency/different-system measurement.
在同频测量的场景中,如果服务小区的信号测量结果满足:Srxlev>SIntraSearchP且Squal>SIntraSearchQ,则终端设备可以选择关闭同频邻小区的测量,否则,终端设备需要执行同频邻小区的测量。In the same-frequency measurement scenario, if the signal measurement results of the serving cell satisfy: Srxlev>SIntraSearchP and Squal>SIntraSearchQ, the terminal device can choose to turn off the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cell. Otherwise, the terminal device needs to perform the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cell. .
对于低优先级或者同等优先级的异频频点或异技术频点,如果服务小区的信号测量结果满足:Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP且Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,则终端设备可以关闭低优先级或者同等优先级的异频频点或异技术频点。For low-priority or equal-priority inter-frequency frequency points or different-technology frequency points, if the signal measurement results of the serving cell satisfy: Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, the terminal device can turn off low-priority or equal-priority inter-frequency frequency points. point or different technical frequency point.
对于高优先级的异频频点或异技术频点,如果服务小区的信号测量结果满足:Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP且Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,则终端设备可以针对高优先级的异频频点或异技术频点执行放松的测量。For high-priority inter-frequency frequency points or inter-technology frequency points, if the signal measurement results of the serving cell satisfy: Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, the terminal device can perform relaxation for the high-priority inter-frequency frequency point or inter-technology frequency point. Measurement.
上述参数SIntraSearchP,SIntraSearchQ,SnonIntraSearchP和SnonIntraSearchQ可以由网络设备通过SIB2进行配置。The above parameters SIntraSearchP, SIntraSearchQ, SnonIntraSearchP and SnonIntraSearchQ can be configured by the network device through SIB2.
RRM测量放松机制RRM measures relaxation mechanisms
RRM测量放松也可以称为邻区测量放松,或邻区RRM测量放松。RRM测量放松的实现方式有多种,例如,终端设备可以通过增大信号测量的周期(即减少信号测量的次数)来实现RRM测量放松。又例如,终端设备可以通过减小测量的邻小区的数量来实现RRM测量放松。再例如,终端设备可以通过减小测量的频点数来实现RRM测量放松。RRM measurement relaxation may also be called neighbor cell measurement relaxation, or neighbor cell RRM measurement relaxation. There are many ways to implement RRM measurement relaxation. For example, the terminal device can implement RRM measurement relaxation by increasing the signal measurement period (that is, reducing the number of signal measurements). For another example, the terminal device may implement RRM measurement relaxation by reducing the number of neighboring cells to be measured. For another example, the terminal device can relax the RRM measurement by reducing the number of measured frequency points.
针对终端设备在RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态的RRM测量放松,协议中定义了两个准则,分别是非小区边缘(not-cell-edge)准则和低移动性(low-mobility)准则。终端设备可以根据信号测量结果,确定其是否满足not-cell-edge准则和/或low-mobility准则。在终端设备满足not-cell-edge准则和/或low-mobility准则的情况下,终端设备可以进行RRM测量放松。For the RRM measurement relaxation of terminal equipment in the RRC idle state and RRC inactive state, two criteria are defined in the protocol, namely the non-cell-edge criterion and the low-mobility criterion. The terminal device can determine whether it satisfies the not-cell-edge criterion and/or the low-mobility criterion based on the signal measurement results. In the case where the terminal device satisfies the not-cell-edge criterion and/or the low-mobility criterion, the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation.
not-cell-edge准则主要用于确定终端设备是否处于服务小区的边缘小区位置。如果终端设备处于服务小区的非边缘小区位置,则终端设备对小区重选的需求不大,可以进行RRM测量放松,达到终端设备节能的目的。如果终端设备处于服务小区的边缘小区位置,则终端设备对小区重选的需求较大,终端设备可以不进行RRM测量放松。The not-cell-edge criterion is mainly used to determine whether the terminal device is located at the edge cell of the serving cell. If the terminal device is located in a non-edge cell of the serving cell, the terminal device has little need for cell reselection and can relax the RRM measurement to achieve the purpose of energy saving for the terminal device. If the terminal device is located in an edge cell of the serving cell, the terminal device has a greater need for cell reselection, and the terminal device does not need to perform RRM measurement relaxation.
not-cell-edge准则主要定义了信号测量门限。通过将信号测量结果与信号测量门限进行比较,可以确定终端设备是否处于非边缘小区位置。例如,如果信号测量结果大于信号测量门限,则表示终端设备处于服务小区的非边缘小区位置;如果信号测量结果小于或等于信号测量门限,则表示终端设备处于服务小区的边缘小区位置。The not-cell-edge criterion mainly defines the signal measurement threshold. By comparing the signal measurement results with the signal measurement threshold, it can be determined whether the terminal device is in a non-edge cell location. For example, if the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, it means that the terminal device is in a non-edge cell position of the serving cell; if the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, it means that the terminal device is in an edge cell position of the serving cell.
下面以信号测量结果为RSRP和RSRQ为例,对not-cell-edge准则进行介绍。网络设备可以通过向终端设备配置小区边缘评估(cellEdgeEvaluation)参数,来定义not-cell-edge准则的两个门限值s-SearchThresholdP和s-SearchThresholdQ。其中,s-SearchThresholdP为RSRP的测量门限值,s-SearchThresholdQ为RSRQ的测量门限值。终端设备可以对服务小区的RSRP和RSRQ进行测量,得到服务小区的RSRP的测量值和RSRQ的测量值。当服务小区的RSRP的测量值大于s-SearchThresholdP,且RSRQ的测量值大于s-SearchThresholdQ时,则终端设备满足not-cell-edge准则,终端设备可以进行RRM测量放松。The following takes the signal measurement results as RSRP and RSRQ as an example to introduce the not-cell-edge criterion. The network device can define the two threshold values s-SearchThresholdP and s-SearchThresholdQ of the not-cell-edge criterion by configuring the cell edge evaluation (cellEdgeEvaluation) parameter to the terminal device. Among them, s-SearchThresholdP is the measurement threshold value of RSRP, and s-SearchThresholdQ is the measurement threshold value of RSRQ. The terminal device can measure the RSRP and RSRQ of the serving cell, and obtain the RSRP measurement value and the RSRQ measurement value of the serving cell. When the measured value of RSRP of the serving cell is greater than s-SearchThresholdP and the measured value of RSRQ is greater than s-SearchThresholdQ, the terminal device satisfies the not-cell-edge criterion and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation.
需要说明的是,在一些实现方式中,网络设备配置的s-SearchThresholdP通常小于SIntraSearchP和SnonIntraSearchP。在另一些实现方式中,网络设备配置的s-SearchThresholdQ可以小于SIntraSearchQ和SnonIntraSearchQ。It should be noted that in some implementations, the s-SearchThresholdP configured on the network device is usually smaller than SIntraSearchP and SnonIntraSearchP. In other implementations, the network device configured s-SearchThresholdQ may be smaller than SIntraSearchQ and SnonIntraSearchQ.
当然,网络设备也可以仅配置s-SearchThresholdP和s-SearchThresholdQ中的一个参数。例如,网络设备可以仅配置s-SearchThresholdP,而不配置s-SearchThresholdQ,在该情况下,终端设备可以仅对服务小区的RSRP进行测量。当服务小区的RSRP的测量值大于s-SearchThresholdP时,则终端设备满足not-cell-edge准则,终端设备可以进行RRM测量放松。又例如,网络设备可以仅配置s-SearchThresholdQ,而不配置s-SearchThresholdP,在该情况下,终端设备可以仅对服务小区的RSRQ进行测量。当服务小区的RSRQ的测量值大于s-SearchThresholdQ时,则终端设备满足not-cell-edge准则,终端设备可以进行RRM测量放松。Of course, the network device can also configure only one parameter of s-SearchThresholdP and s-SearchThresholdQ. For example, the network device may configure only s-SearchThresholdP but not s-SearchThresholdQ. In this case, the terminal device may only measure the RSRP of the serving cell. When the measured value of RSRP of the serving cell is greater than s-SearchThresholdP, the terminal device satisfies the not-cell-edge criterion, and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation. For another example, the network device may only configure s-SearchThresholdQ but not s-SearchThresholdP. In this case, the terminal device may only measure the RSRQ of the serving cell. When the measured value of RSRQ of the serving cell is greater than s-SearchThresholdQ, the terminal device satisfies the not-cell-edge criterion, and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation.
low-mobility准则主要用于确定终端设备是否处于低移动状态。如果终端设备处于低移动状态,即终端设备所处的位置相对固定,则终端设备对小区重选的需求不大,终端设备可以进行RRM测量放松。如果终端设备处于高移动状态,即终端设备的位置变化很大,则终端设备对小区重选的需求较大,终端设备可以不进行RRM测量放松。The low-mobility criterion is mainly used to determine whether the terminal device is in a low mobility state. If the terminal device is in a low mobility state, that is, the terminal device is in a relatively fixed location, the terminal device has little need for cell reselection, and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation. If the terminal device is in a high mobility state, that is, the location of the terminal device changes greatly, the terminal device has a greater need for cell reselection, and the terminal device does not need to perform RRM measurement relaxation.
终端设备是否处于低移动状态可以基于服务小区的信号测量结果进行判断。例如,终端设备可以在不同的时间对服务小区的信号测量结果进行测量。如果服务小区的信号测量结果在不同的时间变化很少,即服务小区的信号质量比较稳定,则表示终端设备处于低移动状态。Whether the terminal device is in a low mobility state can be determined based on the signal measurement results of the serving cell. For example, the terminal device can measure the signal measurement results of the serving cell at different times. If the signal measurement results of the serving cell change little at different times, that is, the signal quality of the serving cell is relatively stable, it means that the terminal device is in a low mobility state.
以信号测量结果为RSRP为例,终端设备可以对服务小区的RSRP进行测量。如果服务小区的RSRP变化很小,则表示终端设备处于低移动状态,终端设备可以进行RRM测量放松。Taking the signal measurement result as RSRP as an example, the terminal device can measure the RSRP of the serving cell. If the RSRP of the serving cell changes very little, it means that the terminal device is in a low mobility state, and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation.
针对low-mobility准则,终端设备可以通过判断是否满足低移动性准则参数,来确定是否满足low-mobility准则。目前,协议中定义了两个低移动性准则参数:评估时长t-SearchDeltaP和信号测量门限s-SearchDeltaP。如果服务小区的信号测量结果在t-SearchDeltaP时间内小于信号测量门限s-SearchDeltaP,则表示终端设备满足low-mobility准则,终端设备可以进行RRM测量放松。Regarding the low-mobility criterion, the terminal device can determine whether the low-mobility criterion is satisfied by determining whether the low-mobility criterion parameter is satisfied. Currently, two low mobility criterion parameters are defined in the protocol: evaluation duration t-SearchDeltaP and signal measurement threshold s-SearchDeltaP. If the signal measurement result of the serving cell is less than the signal measurement threshold s-SearchDeltaP within the t-SearchDeltaP time, it means that the terminal device meets the low-mobility criterion and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation.
在一种实现方式中,当终端设备满足low-mobility准则时,终端设备在执行对邻小区的信号测量时使用更长的测量间隔。例如,可以使用一个固定的缩放因子K来增大测量间隔。In one implementation, when the terminal device satisfies the low-mobility criterion, the terminal device uses a longer measurement interval when performing signal measurements on neighboring cells. For example, a fixed scaling factor K can be used to increase the measurement interval.
在另一种实现方式中,上述low-mobility准则可以表示为在t-SearchDeltaP时间内满足(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<s-SearchDeltaP,其中,SrxlevRef表示服务小区的信号幅值参考值。通常,SrxlevRef的使用可以遵循下述规则。In another implementation, the above low-mobility criterion can be expressed as satisfying (SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<s-SearchDeltaP within t-SearchDeltaP time, where SrxlevRef represents the signal amplitude reference value of the serving cell. Generally, the use of SrxlevRef can follow the following rules.
规则一:当终端设备进行小区选择或小区重选后,服务小区发生变化,则终端设备需要设定信号参考值为服务小区的信号幅值的当前测量值(即Srxlev)。Rule 1: When the terminal device performs cell selection or cell reselection and the serving cell changes, the terminal device needs to set the signal reference value to the current measured value of the signal amplitude of the serving cell (i.e., Srxlev).
规则二:如果服务小区的信号幅值大于信号幅值参考值,即(Srxlev-SrxlevRef)>0,则终端设备需要设定信号参考值为服务小区的信号幅值的当前测量值。Rule 2: If the signal amplitude of the serving cell is greater than the signal amplitude reference value, that is, (Srxlev-SrxlevRef)>0, the terminal device needs to set the signal reference value to the current measured value of the signal amplitude of the serving cell.
规则三:在t-SearchDelta时间内没有满足测量放松的准则(未满足测量放松要求则参考值更新为当前测量值),则终端设备需要设定信号参考值为服务小区的信号幅值的当前测量值。Rule 3: If the measurement relaxation criteria are not met within the t-SearchDelta time (if the measurement relaxation requirements are not met, the reference value is updated to the current measurement value), the terminal device needs to set the signal reference value to the current measurement of the signal amplitude of the serving cell. value.
终端设备在完成小区选择或小区重选之后,需要在至少一段时间TSearchDeltaP内执行信号测量,即在该时间TSearchDeltaP内,终端设备不能进行RRM测量放松。After completing cell selection or cell reselection, the terminal equipment needs to perform signal measurement within at least a period of time TSearchDeltaP, that is, within this time TSearchDeltaP, the terminal equipment cannot perform RRM measurement relaxation.
如果终端设备同时被配置了not-cell-edge准则和low-mobility准则,网络设备还可以通知终端设备RRM测量放松的触发条件,终端设备可以在满足触发条件的情况下进行RRM测量放松。该触发条件可以为满足not-cell-edge准则和/或low-mobility准则。例如,网络设备可以向终端设备指示not-cell-edge准则和low-mobility准则的关系,如网络设备可以指示二者是“和”的关系,还是“或”的关系。如果二者是“和”的关系,则表示终端设备需要在同时满足not-cell-edge准则和low-mobility准则的情况下,才能进行RRM测量放松。如果二者是“或”的关系,则表示终端设备只要满足其中任意一个准则(如not-cell-edge准则或low-mobility准则),就可以进行RRM测量放松。If the terminal device is configured with both the not-cell-edge criterion and the low-mobility criterion, the network device can also notify the terminal device of the trigger conditions for RRM measurement relaxation, and the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation when the trigger conditions are met. The trigger condition may be satisfying the not-cell-edge criterion and/or the low-mobility criterion. For example, the network device can indicate to the terminal device the relationship between the not-cell-edge criterion and the low-mobility criterion. For example, the network device can indicate whether the relationship between the two is "and" or "or". If there is an "and" relationship between the two, it means that the terminal device needs to satisfy both the not-cell-edge criterion and the low-mobility criterion before it can perform RRM measurement relaxation. If there is an "OR" relationship between the two, it means that the terminal device can perform RRM measurement relaxation as long as it meets any one of the criteria (such as the not-cell-edge criterion or the low-mobility criterion).
在一些实施例中,RRM测量放松准则中还可以包括静止(stationary)准则。stationary准则与low mobility准则类似,stationary准则与low mobility准则可以使用不同的信号测量门限。In some embodiments, the RRM measurement relaxation criterion may also include a stationary criterion. The stationary criterion is similar to the low mobility criterion. The stationary criterion and the low mobility criterion can use different signal measurement thresholds.
本申请实施例中的通信系统可以为非地面网络(non terrestrial network,NTN)通信系统,下面对NTN系统进行介绍。The communication system in the embodiment of this application may be a non-terrestrial network (NTN) communication system. The NTN system will be introduced below.
NTN通信系统NTN communication system
NTN采用非地面方式向用户提供通信服务。非地面方式例如可以包括卫星(satellite)或无人机系统平台(UAS platform)。NTN uses non-terrestrial methods to provide communication services to users. Non-terrestrial means may include, for example, satellites or UAS platforms.
对于地面网络通信而言,海洋、高山、沙漠等场景,陆地通信无法搭设通信设备。或者,考虑到通信设备搭建和运营成本,陆地通信通常不会覆盖人口稀少的区域。相比地面网络(terrestrial network,TN)通信,NTN具有很多优点。首先,NTN通信可以不受用户地域的限制。而对于NTN通信网络而言,不会受到地域的限制。理论上,卫星可以围绕地球做轨道运动,因此地球上每一个角落都可以被卫星通信覆盖。并且,NTN通信设备可以覆盖的区域远大于地面通信设备覆盖的区域。例如,卫星通信中,一颗卫星可以覆盖较大的地面区域。其次,NTN通信有较大的社会价值。NTN通信可以以较低的成本实现覆盖,例如,可以通过卫星通信以较低的成本覆盖到边远山区或贫穷落后的国家或地区。这可以使这些地区的人们享受到先进的语音通信和移动互联网技术,有利于缩小与发达地区的数字鸿沟,促进这些地区的发展。再次,NTN通信的通信距离远,且没有明显增加通讯的成本。另外,NTN通信的稳定性高。例如,NTN通信可以不受自然条件的限制,即使在自然灾害的情况下,也可以使用。For terrestrial network communications, communication equipment cannot be set up for land communications in oceans, mountains, deserts and other scenarios. Alternatively, terrestrial communications typically do not cover sparsely populated areas due to the cost of setting up and operating communications equipment. Compared with terrestrial network (TN) communications, NTN has many advantages. First of all, NTN communication can not be restricted by the user's geographical area. As for the NTN communication network, there will be no geographical restrictions. In theory, satellites can orbit the earth, so every corner of the earth can be covered by satellite communications. Moreover, the area that NTN communication equipment can cover is much larger than the area covered by terrestrial communication equipment. For example, in satellite communications, a satellite can cover a large ground area. Secondly, NTN communication has great social value. NTN communication can achieve coverage at a lower cost. For example, satellite communication can be used to cover remote mountainous areas or poor and backward countries or regions at a lower cost. This allows people in these areas to enjoy advanced voice communications and mobile Internet technologies, which is conducive to narrowing the digital gap with developed areas and promoting the development of these areas. Thirdly, NTN communication has a long communication distance and does not significantly increase the communication cost. In addition, NTN communication has high stability. For example, NTN communication is not limited by natural conditions and can be used even in the case of natural disasters.
通信卫星Communications satellite
按照轨道高度的不同,通信卫星可以分为低地球轨道(low-earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium-earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(high elliptical orbit,HEO)卫星等。下面详细介绍LEO卫星和GEO卫星。According to different orbital altitudes, communication satellites can be divided into low-earth orbit (LEO) satellites, medium-earth orbit (MEO) satellites, geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellites, and high-earth orbit (GEO) satellites. Elliptical orbit (high elliptical orbit, HEO) satellites, etc. The following describes LEO satellites and GEO satellites in detail.
LEO卫星的轨道高度范围为500km~1500km。轨道周期约为1.5小时~2小时。用户间单跳通信的信号传播延迟一般小于20ms。最大卫星可视时间20分钟。信号传播距离短,链路损耗少,对用户终端的发射功率要求不高。The orbital altitude range of LEO satellites is 500km~1500km. The orbital period is about 1.5 hours to 2 hours. The signal propagation delay of single-hop communication between users is generally less than 20ms. The maximum satellite visibility time is 20 minutes. The signal propagation distance is short, the link loss is small, and the transmission power requirements of the user terminal are not high.
GEO卫星的轨道高度为35786km。GEO卫星围绕地球旋转周期为24小时。用户间单跳通信的信号传播延迟一般为250ms。The orbital altitude of the GEO satellite is 35786km. GEO satellites rotate around the Earth every 24 hours. The signal propagation delay for single-hop communication between users is generally 250ms.
为了保证卫星的覆盖以及提升整个卫星通信系统的系统容量,卫星可以采用多波束覆盖地面,即多个波束覆盖区(beam foot print)可以组成卫星覆盖范围(field of view of the satllite)。例如,一颗卫星可以形成几十甚至数百个波束来覆盖地面。其中,一个卫星波束可以覆盖直径几十至上百公里的地面区域。In order to ensure satellite coverage and improve the system capacity of the entire satellite communication system, satellites can use multiple beams to cover the ground, that is, multiple beam footprints can form a satellite coverage area (field of view of the satllite). For example, a satellite can form dozens or even hundreds of beams to cover the ground. Among them, a satellite beam can cover a ground area with a diameter of tens to hundreds of kilometers.
卫星网络架构Satellite Network Architecture
NTN网络可以基于卫星网络架构实现。卫星网络架构可以包括以下网元:网关(gateway)、馈线链路(feeder link)、服务链路(service link)、卫星以及星间链路(inter satellite link,ISL)等。网关的数量可以为一个或多个。网关可以用于连接卫星和地面公共网络。网关通常位于地面。馈线链路可以为网关和卫星之间通信的链路。服务链路可以为终端设备和卫星之间通信的链路。NTN network can be implemented based on satellite network architecture. The satellite network architecture can include the following network elements: gateway, feeder link, service link, satellite and inter-satellite link (ISL), etc. The number of gateways can be one or more. Gateways can be used to connect satellite and terrestrial public networks. The gateway is usually located at ground level. The feeder link may be the link for communication between the gateway and the satellite. The service link may be a link for communication between the terminal device and the satellite.
卫星网络结构从其提供的功能上可以分为透明转发(transparent payload)网络架构和再生转发(regenerative payload)网络架构。The satellite network structure can be divided into transparent forwarding (transparent payload) network architecture and regenerative payload (regenerative payload) network architecture in terms of the functions it provides.
图2为一种于透明转发网络架构的示意图。透明转发网络架构可以提供无线频率滤波、频率转换和放大的功能。在透明转发网络架构中,可以只提供信号的透明转发,不会改变其转发的波形信号。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a transparent forwarding network architecture. The transparent forwarding network architecture can provide wireless frequency filtering, frequency conversion and amplification functions. In the transparent forwarding network architecture, it can only provide transparent forwarding of signals without changing the waveform signal it forwards.
图3为一种再生转发网络结构的示意图。再生转发网络架构可以提供无线频率滤波、频率转换和放大的功能,还可以提供解调/解码、路由/转换、编码/调制的功能。在再生转发网络结构中,卫星可以具有基站的部分或者全部功能。星间链路可以存在于再生转发网络架构下。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a regeneration and forwarding network structure. The regeneration and forwarding network architecture can provide wireless frequency filtering, frequency conversion and amplification functions, as well as demodulation/decoding, routing/conversion, and encoding/modulation functions. In the regeneration and forwarding network structure, the satellite can have some or all functions of the base station. Inter-satellite links can exist under a regenerative forwarding network architecture.
NTN中终端设备的RRM测量RRM measurement of terminal equipment in NTN
在地面网络中,终端设备处于小区中心的信号测量结果要明显高于其处于小区边缘时的信号测量结果,如图4所示。由于存在明显的“远近效应”,因此,在地面网络中,可以基于信号测量结果判断是否满足移动性管理操作的执行条件(如是否满足启动邻区测量的条件)。In the terrestrial network, the signal measurement results when the terminal equipment is in the center of the cell are significantly higher than the signal measurement results when it is at the edge of the cell, as shown in Figure 4. Due to the obvious "near-far effect", in the terrestrial network, it can be determined based on the signal measurement results whether the execution conditions of the mobility management operation are met (such as whether the conditions for starting neighbor cell measurement are met).
在NTN系统中,对于处于小区中心的终端设备和处于小区边缘的终端设备,它们对应的信号测量结果差异并不明显,如图5所示。如果基于信号测量结果判断是否满足移动性管理操作的执行条件,会存在判断不准确地问题。基于此,为了解决NTN系统中信号测量结果“远近效应”不明显的问题,引入了基于终端设备位置的位置测量条件。终端设备可以在同时满足信号测量条件和位置测量条件的情况下,进行移动性管理操作。In the NTN system, for the terminal equipment at the center of the cell and the terminal equipment at the edge of the cell, the difference in the corresponding signal measurement results is not obvious, as shown in Figure 5. If it is judged based on the signal measurement results whether the execution conditions of the mobility management operation are met, there will be a problem of inaccurate judgment. Based on this, in order to solve the problem that the "far and near effect" of signal measurement results in the NTN system is not obvious, position measurement conditions based on the location of the terminal equipment are introduced. The terminal device can perform mobility management operations while meeting the signal measurement conditions and location measurement conditions at the same time.
以邻区测量为例,终端设备可以根据Srxlev和Squal,同时结合位置测量结果,确定是否满足关闭邻区测量的条件。如果终端设备的位置测量结果小于位置测量门限,且Srxlev大于信号测量门限,Squal也大于信号测量门限,则终端设备可以关闭针对邻区的测量。位置测量结果可以为终端设备到地面参考点的距离。本申请实施例中的位置测量门限也可以称为距离测量门限,位置测量结果也可以称为距离测量结果。Taking neighbor cell measurement as an example, the terminal device can determine whether the conditions for turning off neighbor cell measurement are met based on Srxlev and Squal and combined with the location measurement results. If the position measurement result of the terminal device is less than the position measurement threshold, Srxlev is greater than the signal measurement threshold, and Squal is also greater than the signal measurement threshold, the terminal device can turn off the measurement of the neighboring cell. The position measurement result can be the distance from the terminal device to the ground reference point. The position measurement threshold in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a distance measurement threshold, and the position measurement result may also be called a distance measurement result.
通常,网络设备在为终端设备配置位置测量门限时,应该使得位置测量门限和信号测量门限相匹配,即位置测量门限和信号测量门限应该是对应到相同的覆盖范围。这样,终端设备才能基于位置测量门限和信号测量门限,执行准确地执行移动性管理操作的相关判决。Generally, when a network device configures a location measurement threshold for a terminal device, the location measurement threshold and the signal measurement threshold should match. That is, the location measurement threshold and the signal measurement threshold should correspond to the same coverage area. In this way, the terminal device can perform relevant decisions to accurately perform mobility management operations based on the location measurement threshold and the signal measurement threshold.
NTN覆盖增强NTN coverage enhancement
NTN系统是基于终端设备的天线增益为0dBi的基本假设进行仿真评估和方案设计的。但是对于一些终端设备(如手机),其实际天线增益可能远低于0dBi(如为-5dBi)。另外,考虑到一些终端(如手机)支持线性极化,因此,实际链路会存在一定的极化损失(如3dBi)。因此,NTN系统考虑针对这类终端引入覆盖增强技术。该覆盖增强技术可以包括上行覆盖增强和/或下行覆盖增强。通过覆盖增强,可以增大终端设备能够支持的小区覆盖范围。本申请实施例中的覆盖增强可以包括上行覆盖增强和/或下行覆盖增强。The NTN system is simulated, evaluated and designed based on the basic assumption that the antenna gain of the terminal equipment is 0dBi. However, for some terminal devices (such as mobile phones), the actual antenna gain may be much lower than 0dBi (such as -5dBi). In addition, considering that some terminals (such as mobile phones) support linear polarization, there will be a certain polarization loss (such as 3dBi) in the actual link. Therefore, the NTN system considers introducing coverage enhancement technology for such terminals. The coverage enhancement technology may include uplink coverage enhancement and/or downlink coverage enhancement. Through coverage enhancement, the cell coverage range that the terminal device can support can be increased. Coverage enhancement in this embodiment of the present application may include uplink coverage enhancement and/or downlink coverage enhancement.
本申请实施例中的覆盖增强技术包括但不限于以下方式中的一种或多种:重复传输、传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI)、混合自动重复请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)重传、物理上行链路共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)跳跃、波束成形、功率提升、或其他技术。The coverage enhancement technology in the embodiments of this application includes but is not limited to one or more of the following methods: repeated transmission, transmission time interval (TTI), hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) repeat transmission, physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) hopping, beamforming, power boosting, or other technologies.
在通信系统中,存在不同类型的终端设备,不同类型的终端设备的天线处理能力不同。不同类型的终端设备的以下特性中的一种或多种不同:天线增益、极化方式、或者极化损失。以NTN系统中的VSAT终端和手机终端为例,VSAT终端的天线处理能力高于手机终端的天线处理能力。VSAT终端例如为图2和图3中的终端设备211。手机终端例如为图2和图3中的终端212。In a communication system, there are different types of terminal equipment, and different types of terminal equipment have different antenna processing capabilities. Different types of terminal equipment differ in one or more of the following characteristics: antenna gain, polarization method, or polarization loss. Taking the VSAT terminal and mobile phone terminal in the NTN system as an example, the antenna processing capability of the VSAT terminal is higher than that of the mobile phone terminal. The VSAT terminal is, for example, the terminal device 211 in Figures 2 and 3. The mobile phone terminal is, for example, the terminal 212 in Figures 2 and 3.
VSAT终端为NTN系统中的终端设备,其可用于遥感、测距、通信参数测量等。VSAT终端的天线增益在0dBi以上,支持圆极化,没有极化损失。而手机终端的天线增益通常在0dBi以下,支持线性极化,存在极化损失。如果不引入覆盖增强技术,这两类终端支持的小区覆盖范围是存在明显差异的,即VSAT终端支持的小区覆盖范围大于手机终端支持的小区覆盖范围。也就是说,天线处理能力 强的终端支持的小区覆盖范围大于天线处理能力低的终端支持的小区覆盖范围。VSAT terminal is a terminal equipment in the NTN system, which can be used for remote sensing, ranging, communication parameter measurement, etc. The antenna gain of the VSAT terminal is above 0dBi, supports circular polarization, and has no polarization loss. The antenna gain of mobile phone terminals is usually below 0dBi and supports linear polarization, but there is polarization loss. If coverage enhancement technology is not introduced, there is a significant difference in the cell coverage range supported by these two types of terminals, that is, the cell coverage range supported by VSAT terminals is larger than that supported by mobile phone terminals. That is to say, the cell coverage supported by a terminal with strong antenna processing capabilities is larger than the cell coverage supported by a terminal with low antenna processing capabilities.
由上文的描述可知,网络设备在配置位置测量门限时,应该使得位置测量门限与信号测量门限相匹配,即位置测量门限和信号测量门限应该是对应到相同的覆盖范围。而对于天线处理能力不同的终端设备来说,它们在信号测量结果(如RSRP或RSRQ)相同的情况下,对应的到小区中心的距离应该是由明显差异的;或者说,它们在相同的位置上的信号测量结果(如RSRP或RSRQ)应该是有明显差异的。而目前所有的终端设备使用相同的信号测量门限和位置测量门限,而没有考虑不同类型终端在覆盖上的差异性,会导致信号测量条件和位置测量条件不匹配的问题。It can be seen from the above description that when configuring the location measurement threshold, the network device should make the location measurement threshold match the signal measurement threshold. That is, the location measurement threshold and the signal measurement threshold should correspond to the same coverage area. For terminal devices with different antenna processing capabilities, when their signal measurement results (such as RSRP or RSRQ) are the same, their corresponding distances to the cell center should be significantly different; in other words, they are at the same location. There should be a significant difference in the signal measurement results (such as RSRP or RSRQ). At present, all terminal equipment uses the same signal measurement threshold and location measurement threshold, without considering the differences in coverage of different types of terminals, which will lead to the problem of mismatch between signal measurement conditions and location measurement conditions.
基于此,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信的方法,能够根据终端设备的天线处理能力设置位置测量条件和/或信号测量条件,从而可以使得位置测量条件和信号测量条件相匹配,使得终端设备可以更准确地执行移动性管理操作的相关判决。Based on this, embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication method that can set position measurement conditions and/or signal measurement conditions according to the antenna processing capability of the terminal device, so that the position measurement conditions and signal measurement conditions can be matched, so that the terminal device Decisions related to mobility management operations can be performed more accurately.
下面结合图6和图7,对本申请实施例的无线通信的方法进行详细介绍。The wireless communication method according to the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 .
参见图6,在步骤S610、第一终端设备基于第一条件和/或第二条件,进行移动性管理操作。Referring to Figure 6, in step S610, the first terminal device performs a mobility management operation based on the first condition and/or the second condition.
参见图7,在步骤S710、网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息可用于确定第一条件和/或第二条件。也就是说,第一终端设备可以基于第一配置信息,确定第一条件和/或第二条件。Referring to Figure 7, in step S710, the network device sends first configuration information to the first terminal device. The first configuration information can be used to determine the first condition and/or the second condition. That is to say, the first terminal device may determine the first condition and/or the second condition based on the first configuration information.
需要说明的是,下文描述的内容对于图6和图7所示的方案均适用。It should be noted that the content described below is applicable to the solutions shown in Figures 6 and 7.
本申请实施例中的第一终端设备可以为一类终端设备,第一终端设备也可以称为第一类终端设备。在一些实施例中,第一终端设备可以包括一个终端设备,也可以包括多个终端设备。The first terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a type of terminal device, and the first terminal device may also be called a first type of terminal device. In some embodiments, the first terminal device may include one terminal device or multiple terminal devices.
本申请实施例中的通信系统还可以包括第二终端设备。第二终端设备与第一终端设备的类型不同。第二终端设备也可以称为第二类终端设备。第二终端设备也可以基于第一条件和/或第二条件,进行移动性管理操作。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also include a second terminal device. The second terminal device is of a different type than the first terminal device. The second terminal device may also be called a second type terminal device. The second terminal device may also perform mobility management operations based on the first condition and/or the second condition.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以为处于RRC-IDLE态的终端设备,也可以为处于RRC-INACTIVE态的终端设备。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device in the RRC-IDLE state, or may be a terminal device in the RRC-INACTIVE state.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备可以是天线处理能力较差的终端设备。第二终端设备可以是天线处理能力较强的终端设备。例如,第一终端设备可以满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、具有极化损失。第二终端设备可以满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益不小于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。In some embodiments, the first terminal device may be a terminal device with poor antenna processing capabilities. The second terminal device may be a terminal device with strong antenna processing capabilities. For example, the first terminal device may meet one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and has polarization loss. The second terminal device may meet one or more of the following conditions: the antenna gain is not less than a preset threshold, the polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备可以为手机终端设备,第二终端设备可以为VSAT终端设备。在一些实施例中,第一终端设备的天线增益小于预设阈值,第二终端设备的天线增益不小于预设阈值。该预设阈值可以为预定义的值,例如,该预设阈值可以为0dBi。该预设阈值也可以是网络配置的值。在一些实施例中,第一终端设备的极化类型为线性极化,且具有极化损失。第二终端设备的极化类型为圆极化,且没有极化损失。在一些实施例中,第一终端设备的天线增益小于预设阈值,且极化类型为线性极化。第二终端设备的天线增益不小于预设阈值,且极化类型为圆极化。该预设阈值可以为预定义的值,例如,该预设阈值可以为0dBi。In some embodiments, the first terminal device may be a mobile phone terminal device, and the second terminal device may be a VSAT terminal device. In some embodiments, the antenna gain of the first terminal device is less than the preset threshold, and the antenna gain of the second terminal device is not less than the preset threshold. The preset threshold may be a predefined value, for example, the preset threshold may be 0 dBi. The preset threshold can also be a value configured by the network. In some embodiments, the polarization type of the first terminal device is linear polarization and has polarization loss. The polarization type of the second terminal device is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss. In some embodiments, the antenna gain of the first terminal device is less than a preset threshold, and the polarization type is linear polarization. The antenna gain of the second terminal device is not less than the preset threshold, and the polarization type is circular polarization. The preset threshold may be a predefined value, for example, the preset threshold may be 0 dBi.
移动性管理操作可以包括以下操作中的一种或多种:邻区测量、邻区RRM测量放松、小区选择、小区重选。邻区测量也可以理解为邻区RRM测量。邻区测量可以包括邻区测量的开启和/或邻区测量的关闭。Mobility management operations may include one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement, neighbor cell RRM measurement relaxation, cell selection, and cell reselection. Neighbor cell measurement can also be understood as neighbor cell RRM measurement. Neighbor cell measurement may include turning on neighbor cell measurement and/or turning off neighbor cell measurement.
第一终端设备根据第一条件和/或第二条件,进行移动性管理操作,可以包括第一终端设备根据第一条件和/或第二条件,确定是否开启邻区测量;或者可以包括第一终端设备根据第一条件和/或第二条件,确定是否关闭邻区测量;或者可以包括第一终端设备根据第一条件和/或第二条件,确定是否进行邻区RRM测量放松;或者可以包括第一终端设备根据第一条件和/或第二条件,进行小区的选择;或者可以包括第一终端设备根据第一条件和/或第二条件,进行小区的重选。The first terminal device performs a mobility management operation according to the first condition and/or the second condition, which may include the first terminal device determining whether to enable neighbor cell measurement according to the first condition and/or the second condition; or may include the first The terminal device determines whether to turn off neighbor cell measurement according to the first condition and/or the second condition; or it may include the first terminal device determining whether to relax the neighbor cell RRM measurement according to the first condition and/or the second condition; or it may include The first terminal device selects a cell according to the first condition and/or the second condition; or it may include the first terminal device performing cell reselection according to the first condition and/or the second condition.
下面对第一条件和第二条件进行详细介绍。The first condition and the second condition are introduced in detail below.
第一条件first condition
第一条件可以为位置测量条件,或者,第一条件也称为距离测量条件。第一条件与第一终端设备的位置测量结果相关联。在一些实施例中,第一条件可以包括位置测量结果与位置测量门限之间的关系。在另一些实施例中,第一条件可以包括位置测量结果的调整值与位置测量门限之间的关系。第一条件例如可以包括以下中的一种或多种:位置测量结果大于或等于位置测量门限、位置测量结果小于位置测量门限、位置测量结果的调整值大于或等于位置测量门限、位置测量结果的调整值小于位置测量门限。The first condition may be a position measurement condition, or the first condition is also called a distance measurement condition. The first condition is associated with a position measurement result of the first terminal device. In some embodiments, the first condition may include a relationship between a position measurement result and a position measurement threshold. In other embodiments, the first condition may include a relationship between the adjustment value of the position measurement result and the position measurement threshold. For example, the first condition may include one or more of the following: the position measurement result is greater than or equal to the position measurement threshold, the position measurement result is less than the position measurement threshold, the adjustment value of the position measurement result is greater than or equal to the position measurement threshold, the position measurement result is The adjustment value is less than the position measurement threshold.
第一条件可以根据具体的移动性管理操作的内容进行设置。例如,如果移动性管理操作包括邻区测量的开启,则第一条件可以包括位置测量结果大于或等于位置测量门限,或位置测量结果的调整值 大于或等于位置测量门限。又例如,如果移动性管理操作包括邻区测量的关闭,则第一条件可以包括位置测量结果小于位置测量门限,或位置测量结果的调整值小于位置测量门限。又例如,如果移动性管理操作包括进行邻区RRM测量放松,则第一条件可以包括位置测量结果小于位置测量门限,或位置测量结果的调整值小于位置测量门限。又例如,如果移动性管理操作包括不进行邻区RRM测量放松,则第一条件可以包括位置测量结果大于或等于位置测量门限,或位置测量结果的调整值大于或等于位置测量门限。又例如,如果移动性管理操作包括小区选择和/或小区重选,则第一条件可以包括位置测量结果小于位置测量门限,或位置测量结果的调整值小于位置测量门限。The first condition can be set according to the content of specific mobility management operations. For example, if the mobility management operation includes turning on neighbor cell measurement, the first condition may include that the location measurement result is greater than or equal to the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is greater than or equal to the location measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes turning off neighbor cell measurement, the first condition may include that the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes performing neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation, the first condition may include that the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes not performing neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation, the first condition may include that the location measurement result is greater than or equal to the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is greater than or equal to the location measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes cell selection and/or cell reselection, the first condition may include that the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the location measurement result is less than the location measurement threshold.
针对不同的移动性管理操作,其对应的位置测量门限可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。例如,邻区测量和邻区RRM测量放松的位置测量门限不同。又例如,小区选择和小区重选对应的位置测量门限可以相同,也可以不同。For different mobility management operations, the corresponding location measurement thresholds may be the same or different. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. For example, the relaxed location measurement thresholds for neighboring cell measurement and neighboring cell RRM measurement are different. For another example, the location measurement thresholds corresponding to cell selection and cell reselection may be the same or different.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以为NTN通信系统中的终端设备。NTN通信系统中的网络设备可以为卫星,也可以为地面基站。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device in the NTN communication system. Network equipment in the NTN communication system can be satellites or ground base stations.
位置测量结果可以包括以下信息中的一种或多种:终端设备到卫星地面参考点之间的距离、终端设备与卫星之间的距离,终端设备相对卫星的角度、终端设备到卫星的传播时延。如果位置测量结果包括终端设备与参考点或网络设备之间的距离,则位置测量门限可以包括距离门限。如果位置测量结果包括终端设备相对网络设备的角度,则位置测量门限可以包括角度门限。如果位置测量结果包括终端设备到网络设备的传播时延,则位置测量门限可以包括传播时延门限。终端设备相对卫星的角度可以为终端设备相对卫星的仰角。终端设备到卫星的传播时延可以包括终端设备到卫星的单向传播时延和/或双向传播时延。The position measurement results may include one or more of the following information: the distance between the terminal device and the satellite ground reference point, the distance between the terminal device and the satellite, the angle of the terminal device relative to the satellite, the propagation time from the terminal device to the satellite extension. If the location measurement result includes a distance between the terminal device and a reference point or network device, the location measurement threshold may include a distance threshold. If the position measurement result includes the angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, the position measurement threshold may include an angle threshold. If the location measurement result includes a propagation delay from the terminal device to the network device, the location measurement threshold may include a propagation delay threshold. The angle of the terminal device relative to the satellite may be the elevation angle of the terminal device relative to the satellite. The propagation delay from the terminal device to the satellite may include the one-way propagation delay and/or the two-way propagation delay from the terminal device to the satellite.
本申请实施例的第一条件与第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。如果第一终端设备与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则第一终端设备对应的第一条件与第二终端设备对应的第一条件可以不同,也可以相同。例如,对于服务小区不支持覆盖增强的场景,由于第一终端设备和第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则第一终端设备和第二终端设备支持的覆盖范围不同,在该情况下,第一终端设备对应的第一条件和第二终端设备对应的第一条件可以不同,使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以更准确地执行移动性管理操作的相关判决。当然,在一些实施例中,如果服务小区支持覆盖增强,即服务小区针对第一终端设备引入了覆盖增强技术,则第一终端设备和第二终端设备支持的覆盖范围一致,在该情况下,第一终端设备对应的第一条件和第二终端设备对应的第一条件可以相同。The first condition in the embodiment of the present application is related to the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be different or the same. For example, for a scenario where the serving cell does not support coverage enhancement, since the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the coverage ranges supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different. In this case, the first terminal device and the second terminal device support different coverage ranges. The first condition corresponding to one terminal device and the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be different, so that the first terminal device and the second terminal device can more accurately perform relevant decisions on the mobility management operation. Of course, in some embodiments, if the serving cell supports coverage enhancement, that is, the serving cell introduces coverage enhancement technology for the first terminal device, then the coverage ranges supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device are consistent. In this case, The first condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be the same.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的覆盖增强技术只针对天线处理能力较差的终端设备。例如,本申请实施例可以仅针对第一终端设备进行覆盖增强,而对第二终端设备不进行覆盖增强。It should be noted that the coverage enhancement technology in the embodiments of this application is only targeted at terminal devices with poor antenna processing capabilities. For example, this embodiment of the present application may only perform coverage enhancement on the first terminal device, but not the second terminal device.
在一些实施例中,第一条件可以包括终端设备的位置测量结果与位置测量门限之间的关系。如果第一终端设备和第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限和第二终端设备的第二位置测量门限可以不同。通过设置不同的位置测量门限,可以使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备在不同的位置执行移动性管理操作,从而更准确地执行移动性管理操作的相关判决。如果第一终端设备的天线处理能力低于第二终端设备的天线处理能力,则第一位置测量门限可以低于第二位置测量门限。In some embodiments, the first condition may include a relationship between a location measurement result of the terminal device and a location measurement threshold. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the second position measurement threshold of the second terminal device may be different. By setting different location measurement thresholds, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can be caused to perform mobility management operations at different locations, thereby more accurately performing relevant decisions on mobility management operations. If the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is lower than the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the first position measurement threshold may be lower than the second position measurement threshold.
第二位置测量门限可以是网络设备配置的门限。例如,网络设备可以通过广播的方式向终端设备(包括第一终端设备和第二终端设备)发送第二位置测量门限。针对不同的移动性管理操作,可以对应不同的第二位置测量门限。例如,邻区测量可以对应一个第二位置测量门限,该第二位置测量门限可用于评估是否启动邻区测量。又例如,邻区RRM测量放松可以对应一个第二位置测量门限,该第二位置测量门限可用于评估是否执行邻区RRM测量放松,即第二位置测量门限可用于评估以下准则中的一个或多个:not at cell edge准则、low mobility准则、stationary准则。又例如,小区选择可以对应一个第二位置测量门限,该第二位置测量门限可用于进行小区选择。再例如,小区重选可以对应一个第二位置测量门限,该第二位置测量门限可用于进行小区重选。The second location measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device. For example, the network device may send the second location measurement threshold to the terminal device (including the first terminal device and the second terminal device) in a broadcast manner. Different mobility management operations may correspond to different second location measurement thresholds. For example, neighbor cell measurement may correspond to a second location measurement threshold, and the second location measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to initiate neighbor cell measurement. For another example, the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation may correspond to a second position measurement threshold. The second position measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to perform the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation. That is, the second position measurement threshold may be used to evaluate one or more of the following criteria. One: not at cell edge criterion, low mobility criterion, stationary criterion. For another example, cell selection may correspond to a second location measurement threshold, and the second location measurement threshold may be used for cell selection. For another example, cell reselection may correspond to a second location measurement threshold, and the second location measurement threshold may be used for cell reselection.
第一位置测量门限可以是网络设备配置的门限,或者,第一位置测量门限可以为协议中预定义的门限,或者,第一位置测量门限可以为第一终端计算的门限。The first location measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device, or the first location measurement threshold may be a threshold predefined in the protocol, or the first location measurement threshold may be a threshold calculated by the first terminal.
针对不同的移动性管理操作,可以对应不同的第一位置测量门限。例如,邻区测量可以对应一个第一位置测量门限,该第一位置测量门限可用于评估是否启动邻区测量。又例如,邻区RRM测量放松可以对应一个第一位置测量门限,该第一位置测量门限可用于评估是否执行邻区RRM测量放松,即第一位置测量门限可用于评估以下准则中的一个或多个:not at cell edge准则、low mobility准则、stationary准则。又例如,小区选择可以对应一个第一位置测量门限,该第一位置测量门限可用于进行小区选择。再例如,小区重选可以对应一个第一位置测量门限,该第一位置测量门限可用于进行小区重选。第一终端设备可以针对不同的移动性管理操作,分别确定与每个移动性管理操作对应的第一位置测量门限。Different mobility management operations may correspond to different first location measurement thresholds. For example, neighbor cell measurement may correspond to a first location measurement threshold, and the first location measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to initiate neighbor cell measurement. For another example, the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation may correspond to a first position measurement threshold. The first position measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to perform the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation. That is, the first position measurement threshold may be used to evaluate one or more of the following criteria. One: not at cell edge criterion, low mobility criterion, stationary criterion. For another example, cell selection may correspond to a first location measurement threshold, and the first location measurement threshold may be used for cell selection. For another example, cell reselection may correspond to a first location measurement threshold, and the first location measurement threshold may be used for cell reselection. The first terminal device may determine the first location measurement threshold corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
如果第一位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,则网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置一个位置测量门限,也可以配置多个位置测量门限。也就是说,上文中的第一配置信息可以包括一个位置测量门限,也可以包括多个位置测量门限。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送位置测量门限。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了一个位置测量门限,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第一位置测量门限。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了多个位置测量门限,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个位置测量门限中确定第一位置测量门限。If the first location measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device, the network device may configure one location measurement threshold for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple location measurement thresholds. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one position measurement threshold, or may include multiple position measurement thresholds. The network device may send the location measurement threshold to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures a location measurement threshold for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same first location measurement threshold. If the network device configures multiple location measurement thresholds for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the first location measurement threshold from the multiple location measurement thresholds based on antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
如果第一位置测量门限为协议中预定义的门限,则协议中可以为第一终端设备预定义一个位置测量门限,也可以预定义多个位置测量门限。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了一个位置测量门限,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第一位置测量门限。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了多个位置测量门限,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个位置测量门限中确定第一位置测量门限。If the first position measurement threshold is a predefined threshold in the protocol, one position measurement threshold or multiple position measurement thresholds may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If a position measurement threshold is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same first position measurement threshold. If multiple location measurement thresholds are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the first location measurement threshold from the multiple location measurement thresholds based on antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述多个位置测量门限可以与不同的天线增益和/或极化损失相关联。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个位置测量门限。第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个位置测量门限中选择与自己的天线增益和/或极化损失对应的位置测量门限。The multiple position measurement thresholds described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a position measurement threshold. The first terminal device may select a position measurement threshold corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of position measurement thresholds based on its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第一位置测量门限可以基于第二位置测量门限确定。也就是说,第一终端设备可以基于第二位置测量门限,确定第一位置测量门限。本申请实施例对第一位置测量门限的计算方式不做具体限定。例如,第一位置测量门限可以基于第二位置测量门限以及第一偏移值确定。也就是说,第一终端设备可以根据第二位置测量门限以及第一偏移值,确定第一位置测量门限。在一些实施例中,第一位置测量门限=第二位置测量门限+第一偏移值,或者,第一位置测量门限=第二位置测量门限-第一偏移值。第一偏移值可以大于0,也可以小于0,第一偏移值的大小可以根据实际情况进行设计。In some embodiments, the first position measurement threshold may be determined based on the second position measurement threshold. That is to say, the first terminal device may determine the first position measurement threshold based on the second position measurement threshold. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the calculation method of the first position measurement threshold. For example, the first position measurement threshold may be determined based on the second position measurement threshold and the first offset value. That is to say, the first terminal device can determine the first position measurement threshold according to the second position measurement threshold and the first offset value. In some embodiments, the first position measurement threshold=the second position measurement threshold+the first offset value, or the first position measurement threshold=the second position measurement threshold-the first offset value. The first offset value may be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the first offset value may be designed according to the actual situation.
如果第一位置测量门限基于第二位置测量门限确定,则网络设备可以向第一终端设备发送指示信息,以指示第一终端设备在确定第一位置测量门限时,是否需要加上第一偏移值。如果该指示信息指示需要加上第一偏移值,则第一终端设备根据第二位置测量门限以及第一偏移值,确定第一位置测量门限。如果该指示信息指示不需要加上第一偏移值,则第一终端设备可以将第二位置测量门限作为第一位置测量门限。该指示信息可以是指示小区是否支持覆盖增强的指示信息。如果小区不支持覆盖增强,则第一位置测量门限可以基于第一位置测量门限以及第一偏移值确定。如果小区支持覆盖增强,则第一位置测量门限等于第二位置测量门限。If the first location measurement threshold is determined based on the second location measurement threshold, the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add the first offset when determining the first location measurement threshold. value. If the indication information indicates that the first offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the first location measurement threshold based on the second location measurement threshold and the first offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the first offset value, the first terminal device may use the second position measurement threshold as the first position measurement threshold. The indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first location measurement threshold may be determined based on the first location measurement threshold and the first offset value. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first location measurement threshold is equal to the second location measurement threshold.
第一偏移值可以为网络设备配置的偏移值,或者可以为协议中预定义的偏移值,或者可以为第一终端设备计算的偏移值。例如,网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送第一偏移值。The first offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. For example, the network device may send the first offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
如果第一偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,则网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置一个偏移值,也可以配置多个偏移值。也就是说,上文中的第一配置信息可以包括一个偏移值,也可以包括多个偏移值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第一偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第一偏移值。If the first offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values. The network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same first offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the first offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
如果第一偏移值为协议中预定义的偏移值,则协议中可以为第一终端设备预定义一个偏移值,也可以预定义多个偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第一偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第一偏移值。If the first offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol, one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same first offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the first offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述多个偏移值可以与不同的天线增益和/或极化损失相关联。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个偏移值。第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中选择与自己的天线增益和/或极化损失对应的第一偏移值。The plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value. The first terminal device may select a first offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第一偏移值可以基于第一信息确定。第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益,第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the first offset value may be determined based on the first information. The first information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,第一信息可以包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the first information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
需要说明的是,针对不同的移动性管理操作,可以对应不同的第一偏移值。第一终端设备可以针对不同的移动性管理操作,分别确定与每个移动性管理操作对应的第一偏移值。It should be noted that different first offset values may correspond to different mobility management operations. The first terminal device may determine the first offset value corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备对应的第一条件可以包括位置测量结果的调整值与位置测量门限之间的关系。例如,第一条件可以包括位置测量结果的调整值大于位置测量门限。又例如,第一条件 可以包括位置测量结果的调整值小于位置测量门限。在一些实施例中,第一终端设备对应的第一条件包括位置测量结果的调整值与位置测量门限之间的关系,第二终端设备对应的第一条件包括位置测量结果与位置测量门限之间的对应关系。也就是说,第一终端设备可以基于位置测量结果的调整值与第一位置测量门限,进行移动性管理操作,而第二终端设备可以基于位置测量结果与第二位置测量门限,进行移动性管理操作。在一些实施例中,第一位置测量门限与第二位置测量门限可以相等。In some embodiments, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device may include a relationship between the adjustment value of the position measurement result and the position measurement threshold. For example, the first condition may include that the adjustment value of the position measurement result is greater than the position measurement threshold. For another example, the first condition may include that the adjustment value of the position measurement result is less than the position measurement threshold. In some embodiments, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes the relationship between the adjustment value of the position measurement result and the position measurement threshold, and the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device includes the relationship between the position measurement result and the position measurement threshold. corresponding relationship. That is to say, the first terminal device can perform mobility management operations based on the adjustment value of the location measurement result and the first location measurement threshold, and the second terminal device can perform mobility management based on the location measurement result and the second location measurement threshold. operate. In some embodiments, the first position measurement threshold and the second position measurement threshold may be equal.
在一些实施例中,位置测量结果的调整值可以基于位置测量结果与第二偏移值确定。例如,位置测量结果的调整值=位置测量结果+第二偏移值,或者,位置测量结果的调整值=位置测量结果-第二偏移值。第二偏移值可以大于0,也可以小于0,第二偏移值的大小可以根据实际情况进行设计。In some embodiments, the adjustment value of the position measurement result may be determined based on the position measurement result and the second offset value. For example, the adjustment value of the position measurement result=the position measurement result+the second offset value, or the adjustment value of the position measurement result=the position measurement result-the second offset value. The second offset value can be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the second offset value can be designed according to the actual situation.
在一些实施例中,网络设备可以向第一终端设备发送指示信息,以指示第一终端设备在确定位置测量结果时,是否需要加上第二偏移值。如果该指示信息指示需要加上第二偏移值,则第一终端设备根据位置测量结果以及第二偏移值,确定位置测量结果的调整值。如果该指示信息指示不需要加上第二偏移值,则第一终端设备可以不用确定位置测量结果的调整值,可直接使用位置测量结果。该指示信息可以是指示小区是否支持覆盖增强的指示信息。如果小区不支持覆盖增强,则第一终端设备可以基于位置测量结果以及第二偏移值,确定位置测量结果的调整值。如果小区支持覆盖增强,则第一终端设备可直接使用位置测量结果。In some embodiments, the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a second offset value when determining the position measurement result. If the indication information indicates that a second offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the adjustment value of the position measurement result according to the position measurement result and the second offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the second offset value, the first terminal device does not need to determine the adjustment value of the position measurement result and can directly use the position measurement result. The indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first terminal device may determine the adjustment value of the location measurement result based on the location measurement result and the second offset value. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first terminal device can directly use the location measurement results.
第二偏移值可以为网络设备配置的偏移值,或者可以为协议中预定义的偏移值,或者可以为第一终端设备计算的偏移值。例如,网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送第二偏移值。The second offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. For example, the network device may send the second offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
如果第二偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,则网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置一个偏移值,也可以配置多个偏移值。也就是说,上文中的第一配置信息可以包括一个偏移值,也可以包括多个偏移值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第二偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第二偏移值。If the second offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values. The network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same second offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the second offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
如果第二偏移值为协议中预定义的偏移值,则协议中可以为第一终端设备预定义一个偏移值,也可以预定义多个偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第二偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第二偏移值。If the second offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol, one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same second offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the second offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述多个偏移值可以与不同的天线增益和/或极化损失相关联。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个偏移值。第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中选择与自己的天线增益和/或极化损失对应的第二偏移值。The plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value. The first terminal device may select a second offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第二偏移值可以基于第二信息确定。第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益,第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the second offset value may be determined based on the second information. The second information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,第二信息可以包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the second information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
需要说明的是,针对不同的移动性管理操作,可以对应不同的第二偏移值。第一终端设备可以针对不同的移动性管理操作,分别确定与每个移动性管理操作对应的第二偏移值。It should be noted that different second offset values may correspond to different mobility management operations. The first terminal device may determine the second offset value corresponding to each mobility management operation respectively for different mobility management operations.
本申请实施例中,终端设备可以根据自己的类型,确定使用的第一条件。例如,终端设备可以根据自己的类型,确定使用的位置测量门限。如果终端设备的类型为第一终端设备类型,则终端设备可以使用第一位置测量门限。如果终端设备的类型为第二终端设备类型,则终端设备可以使用第二位置测量门限。又例如,终端设备可以根据自己的类型,确定是否使用位置测量结果的调整值。如果终端设备的类型为第一终端设备类型,则终端设备可以使用位置测量结果的调整值。如果终端设备的类型为第二终端设备类型,则终端设备可以直接使用位置测量结果。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can determine the first condition for use according to its type. For example, the terminal device can determine the location measurement threshold to use based on its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the first position measurement threshold. If the type of the terminal device is a second terminal device type, the terminal device may use the second position measurement threshold. For another example, the terminal device can determine whether to use the adjustment value of the position measurement result according to its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the adjustment value of the position measurement result. If the type of the terminal device is the second terminal device type, the terminal device can directly use the position measurement result.
在本申请实施例中,不论小区是否支持覆盖增强(小区仅针对第一终端设备进行了覆盖增强),第二终端设备支持的覆盖范围是不变的,因此,网络设备可以为第二终端设备配置一个第二位置测量门限,这样可以节省网络设备的配置开销。In this embodiment of the present application, regardless of whether the cell supports coverage enhancement (the cell only performs coverage enhancement for the first terminal device), the coverage range supported by the second terminal device remains unchanged. Therefore, the network device can be the second terminal device. Configure a second position measurement threshold, which can save network device configuration overhead.
上文针对第一条件进行了详细介绍,下面对第二条件进行介绍。The first condition is introduced in detail above, and the second condition is introduced below.
第二条件second condition
第二条件可以为信号测量条件。第二条件与第一终端设备的信号测量结果相关联。在一些实施例中,第二条件可以包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。在另一些实施例中,第二条件可以包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。第二条件例如可以包括以下中的一种或多种:信号测量结果大于信号测量门限、信号测量结果小于或等于信号测量门限、信号测量结果的调整值大 于信号测量门限、信号测量结果的调整值小于或等于信号测量门限。The second condition may be a signal measurement condition. The second condition is associated with the signal measurement result of the first terminal device. In some embodiments, the second condition may include a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold. In other embodiments, the second condition may include a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold. The second condition may include, for example, one or more of the following: the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result Less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold.
第二条件可以根据具体的移动性管理操作的内容进行设置。例如,如果移动性管理操作包括邻区测量的开启,则第二条件可以包括信号测量结果小于或等于信号测量门限,或信号测量结果的调整值小于或等于信号测量门限。又例如,如果移动性管理操作包括邻区测量的关闭,则第二条件可以包括信号测量结果大于信号测量门限,或信号测量结果的调整值大于信号测量门限。又例如,如果移动性管理操作包括进行邻区RRM测量放松,则第二条件可以包括信号测量结果大于信号测量门限,或信号测量结果的调整值大于信号测量门限。又例如,如果移动性管理操作包括不进行邻区RRM测量放松,则第二条件可以包括信号测量结果小于或等于信号测量门限,或信号测量结果的调整值小于或等于信号测量门限。又例如,如果移动性管理操作包括小区选择和/或小区重选,则第二条件可以包括信号测量结果大于或等于信号测量门限,或信号测量结果的调整值大于或等于信号测量门限。The second condition can be set according to the content of specific mobility management operations. For example, if the mobility management operation includes turning on neighbor cell measurement, the second condition may include that the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes turning off neighbor cell measurement, the second condition may include that the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes performing neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation, the second condition may include that the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes not performing neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation, the second condition may include that the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is less than or equal to the signal measurement threshold. For another example, if the mobility management operation includes cell selection and/or cell reselection, the second condition may include the signal measurement result being greater than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result being greater than or equal to the signal measurement threshold.
针对不同的移动性管理操作,其对应的信号测量门限可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。例如,邻区测量和邻区RRM测量放松的信号测量门限不同。又例如,小区选择和小区重选对应的信号测量门限可以相同,也可以不同。For different mobility management operations, the corresponding signal measurement thresholds may be the same or different, and this is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. For example, the relaxed signal measurement thresholds for neighboring cell measurement and neighboring cell RRM measurement are different. For another example, the signal measurement thresholds corresponding to cell selection and cell reselection may be the same or different.
信号测量结果可以包括以下中的一种或多种:RSRP、RSRQ、小区选择接收电平值Srxlev、小区选择接收质量值Squal。如果信号测量结果为RSRP,则信号测量门限为RSRP门限。如果信号测量结果为RSRQ,则信号测量门限为RSRQ门限。如果信号测量结果为Srxlev,则信号测量门限为Srxlev门限。如果信号测量结果为Squal,则信号测量门限为Squal门限。The signal measurement results may include one or more of the following: RSRP, RSRQ, cell selection reception level value Srxlev, cell selection reception quality value Squal. If the signal measurement result is RSRP, the signal measurement threshold is the RSRP threshold. If the signal measurement result is RSRQ, the signal measurement threshold is the RSRQ threshold. If the signal measurement result is Srxlev, the signal measurement threshold is the Srxlev threshold. If the signal measurement result is Squal, the signal measurement threshold is the Squal threshold.
针对不同的移动性管理操作,信号测量结果可以不同。例如,针对邻区测量,信号测量结果可以为Srxlev和/或Squal。针对邻区RRM测量放松中的low mobility准则,信号测量结果可以为Srxlev。针对邻区RRM测量放松中的not-at-cell-edge准则,信号测量结果可以为RSRP和/或RSRQ。针对小区选择和小区重选,信号测量结果可以为Srxlev和/或Squal。The signal measurement results may be different for different mobility management operations. For example, for neighbor cell measurement, the signal measurement result may be Srxlev and/or Squal. For the low mobility criterion in neighbor cell RRM measurement relaxation, the signal measurement result can be Srxlev. For the not-at-cell-edge criterion in neighbor cell RRM measurement relaxation, the signal measurement result can be RSRP and/or RSRQ. For cell selection and cell reselection, the signal measurement result may be Srxlev and/or Squal.
本申请实施例的第二条件与第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。如果第一终端设备与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则第一终端设备对应的第二条件与第二终端设备对应的第二条件可以不同,也可以相同。例如,对于服务小区不支持覆盖增强的场景,第一终端设备对应的第二条件和第二终端设备对应的第二条件可以相同。又例如,如果服务小区支持覆盖增强,即服务小区针对第一终端设备引入了覆盖增强技术,则第一终端设备和第二终端设备支持的覆盖范围一致,但由于第一终端设备和第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,在相同位置上,第一终端设备测量的RSRP值低于第二终端设备测量的RSRP值,因此,在该情况下,第一终端设备对应的第二条件和第二终端设备对应的第二条件可以不同,使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以更准确地执行移动性管理操作的相关判决。The second condition in the embodiment of the present application is related to the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be different or the same. For example, in a scenario where the serving cell does not support coverage enhancement, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device may be the same. For another example, if the serving cell supports coverage enhancement, that is, the serving cell introduces coverage enhancement technology for the first terminal device, then the coverage range supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device is the same, but because the first terminal device and the second terminal device The antenna processing capabilities of the devices are different. At the same location, the RSRP value measured by the first terminal device is lower than the RSRP value measured by the second terminal device. Therefore, in this case, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the second The second conditions corresponding to the terminal devices may be different, so that the first terminal device and the second terminal device can more accurately perform relevant decisions on the mobility management operation.
在一些实施例中,第二条件可以包括终端设备的信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。如果第一终端设备和第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则第一终端设备的第一信号测量门限和第二终端设备的第二信号测量门限可以不同。通过设置不同的信号测量门限,可以使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备更准确地执行移动性管理操作的相关判决。如果第一终端设备的天线处理能力低于第二终端设备的天线处理能力,则第一信号测量门限可以低于第二信号测量门限。In some embodiments, the second condition may include a relationship between a signal measurement result of the terminal device and a signal measurement threshold. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the second signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device may be different. By setting different signal measurement thresholds, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can more accurately perform relevant decisions on mobility management operations. If the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is lower than the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the first signal measurement threshold may be lower than the second signal measurement threshold.
第二信号测量门限可以是网络设备配置的门限。例如,网络设备可以通过广播的方式向终端设备(包括第一终端设备和第二终端设备)发送第二信号测量门限。针对不同的移动性管理操作,可以对应不同的第二信号测量门限。例如,邻区测量可以对应一个第二信号测量门限,该第二信号测量门限可用于评估是否启动邻区测量。又例如,邻区RRM测量放松可以对应一个第二信号测量门限,该第二信号测量门限可用于评估是否执行邻区RRM测量放松,即第一信号测量门限可用于评估以下准则中的一个或多个:not at cell edge准则、low mobility准则、stationary准则。又例如,小区选择可以对应一个第二信号测量门限,该第二信号测量门限可用于进行小区选择。再例如,小区重选可以对应一个第二信号测量门限,该第二信号测量门限可用于进行小区重选。The second signal measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device. For example, the network device may send the second signal measurement threshold to the terminal device (including the first terminal device and the second terminal device) in a broadcast manner. Different mobility management operations may correspond to different second signal measurement thresholds. For example, neighbor cell measurement may correspond to a second signal measurement threshold, and the second signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to initiate neighbor cell measurement. For another example, the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation may correspond to a second signal measurement threshold. The second signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to perform neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation. That is, the first signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate one or more of the following criteria. One: not at cell edge criterion, low mobility criterion, stationary criterion. For another example, cell selection may correspond to a second signal measurement threshold, and the second signal measurement threshold may be used for cell selection. For another example, cell reselection may correspond to a second signal measurement threshold, and the second signal measurement threshold may be used for cell reselection.
第一信号测量门限可以是网络设备配置的门限,或者,第一信号测量门限可以为协议中预定义的门限,或者,第一信号测量门限可以为第一终端计算的门限。The first signal measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device, or the first signal measurement threshold may be a threshold predefined in the protocol, or the first signal measurement threshold may be a threshold calculated by the first terminal.
针对不同的移动性管理操作,可以对应不同的第一信号测量门限。例如,邻区测量可以对应一个第一信号测量门限,该第一信号测量门限可用于评估是否启动邻区测量。又例如,邻区RRM测量放松可以对应一个第一信号测量门限,该第一信号测量门限可用于评估是否执行邻区RRM测量放松,即第一信号测量门限可用于评估以下准则中的一个或多个:not at cell edge准则、low mobility准则、stationary准则。又例如,小区选择可以对应一个第一信号测量门限,该第一信号测量门限可用于进行小区选择。再例如,小区重选可以对应一个第一信号测量门限,该第一信号测量门限可用于进行小区重选。第一终端设备可以针对不同的移动性管理操作,分别确定与每个移动性管理操作对应的第一信号测量门限。Different mobility management operations may correspond to different first signal measurement thresholds. For example, neighbor cell measurement may correspond to a first signal measurement threshold, and the first signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to start neighbor cell measurement. For another example, the neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation may correspond to a first signal measurement threshold. The first signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate whether to perform neighboring cell RRM measurement relaxation. That is, the first signal measurement threshold may be used to evaluate one or more of the following criteria. One: not at cell edge criterion, low mobility criterion, stationary criterion. For another example, cell selection may correspond to a first signal measurement threshold, and the first signal measurement threshold may be used for cell selection. For another example, cell reselection may correspond to a first signal measurement threshold, and the first signal measurement threshold may be used for cell reselection. The first terminal device may determine the first signal measurement threshold corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
如果第一信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,则网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置一个信号测 量门限,也可以配置多个信号测量门限。也就是说,上文中的第一配置信息可以包括一个信号测量门限,也可以包括多个信号测量门限。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送信号测量门限。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了一个信号测量门限,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第一信号测量门限。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了多个信号测量门限,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定第一信号测量门限。If the first signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device, the network device may configure one signal measurement threshold for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple signal measurement thresholds. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one signal measurement threshold, or may include multiple signal measurement thresholds. The network device may send the signal measurement threshold to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures a signal measurement threshold for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same first signal measurement threshold. If the network device configures multiple signal measurement thresholds for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the first signal measurement threshold from the multiple signal measurement thresholds based on the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
如果第一信号测量门限为协议中预定义的门限,则协议中可以为第一终端设备预定义一个信号测量门限,也可以预定义多个信号测量门限。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了一个信号测量门限,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第一信号测量门限。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了多个信号测量门限,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定第一信号测量门限。If the first signal measurement threshold is a predefined threshold in the protocol, one signal measurement threshold or multiple signal measurement thresholds may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If a signal measurement threshold is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same first signal measurement threshold. If multiple signal measurement thresholds are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the first signal measurement threshold from the multiple signal measurement thresholds based on the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述多个信号测量门限可以与不同的天线增益和/或极化损失相关联。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个信号测量门限。第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中选择与自己的天线增益和/或极化损失对应的信号测量门限。The multiple signal measurement thresholds described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a signal measurement threshold. The first terminal device may select a signal measurement threshold corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from multiple signal measurement thresholds based on its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第一信号测量门限可以基于第二信号测量门限确定。也就是说,第一终端设备可以基于第二信号测量门限,确定第一信号测量门限。本申请实施例对第一信号测量门限的计算方式不做具体限定。例如,第一信号测量门限可以基于第二信号测量门限以及第三偏移值确定。也就是说,第一终端设备可以根据第二信号测量门限以及第三偏移值,确定第一信号测量门限。在一些实施例中,第一信号测量门限=第二信号测量门限+第三偏移值,或者,第一信号测量门限=第二信号测量门限-第三偏移值。第三偏移值可以大于0,也可以小于0,第三偏移值的大小可以根据实际情况进行设计。In some embodiments, the first signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the second signal measurement threshold. That is to say, the first terminal device may determine the first signal measurement threshold based on the second signal measurement threshold. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the calculation method of the first signal measurement threshold. For example, the first signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and the third offset value. That is to say, the first terminal device can determine the first signal measurement threshold according to the second signal measurement threshold and the third offset value. In some embodiments, the first signal measurement threshold=the second signal measurement threshold+the third offset value, or the first signal measurement threshold=the second signal measurement threshold-the third offset value. The third offset value can be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the third offset value can be designed according to the actual situation.
如果第一信号测量门限基于第二信号测量门限确定,则网络设备可以向第一终端设备发送指示信息,以指示第一终端设备在确定第一信号测量门限时,是否需要加上第三偏移值。如果该指示信息指示需要加上第三偏移值,则第一终端设备根据第二信号测量门限以及第三偏移值,确定第一信号测量门限。如果该指示信息指示不需要加上第三偏移值,则第一终端设备可以将第二信号测量门限作为第一信号测量门限。该指示信息可以是指示小区是否支持覆盖增强的指示信息。如果小区支持覆盖增强,则第一信号测量门限可以基于第一信号测量门限以及第三偏移值确定。如果小区不支持覆盖增强,则第一信号测量门限等于第二信号测量门限。If the first signal measurement threshold is determined based on the second signal measurement threshold, the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a third offset when determining the first signal measurement threshold. value. If the indication information indicates that a third offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the first signal measurement threshold based on the second signal measurement threshold and the third offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the third offset value, the first terminal device may use the second signal measurement threshold as the first signal measurement threshold. The indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the first signal measurement threshold and the third offset value. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first signal measurement threshold is equal to the second signal measurement threshold.
第三偏移值可以为网络设备配置的偏移值,或者可以为协议中预定义的偏移值,或者可以为第一终端设备计算的偏移值。例如,网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送第三偏移值。The third offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. For example, the network device may send the third offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
如果第三偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,则网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置一个偏移值,也可以配置多个偏移值。也就是说,上文中的第一配置信息可以包括一个偏移值,也可以包括多个偏移值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第三偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第三偏移值。If the third offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values. The network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same third offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the third offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
如果第三偏移值为协议中预定义的偏移值,则协议中可以为第一终端设备预定义一个偏移值,也可以预定义多个偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第三偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第三偏移值。If the third offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol, one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same third offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the third offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述多个偏移值可以与不同的天线增益和/或极化损失相关联。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个偏移值。第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中选择与自己的天线增益和/或极化损失对应的第三偏移值。The plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value. The first terminal device may select a third offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第三偏移值可以基于第三信息确定。第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益,第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the third offset value may be determined based on the third information. The third information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,第三信息可以包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the third information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
例如,第三偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}。又例如,第三偏移值={0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}。又例如,第三偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}+max{0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}。又例如,第三偏移值=max{0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE)}。其中,AnteGain_ref为终端设备天线增益参考值,该值可以为预定义的值或者网络设备配置的值。AnteGain_UE为终端设 备的实际天线增益。PolarizationLoss_ref为终端设备极化损失参考值,该值可以为预定义的值或者网络设备配置的值。PolarizationLoss_UE为终端设备的实际极化损失。For example, the third offset value=max{0, AnteGain_ref-AnteGain_UE}. For another example, the third offset value={0, PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}. For another example, the third offset value=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}+max{0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}. For another example, the third offset value=max{0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE)}. Among them, AnteGain_ref is the terminal device antenna gain reference value, which can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device. AnteGain_UE is the actual antenna gain of the terminal device. PolarizationLoss_ref is the polarization loss reference value of the terminal device. This value can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device. PolarizationLoss_UE is the actual polarization loss of the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备还可以根据极化损失和/或天线增益,并结合网络设备配置的补偿值,确定第三偏移值。例如,第三偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–(AnteGain_UE-offset)}。其中,offset为网络设备配置的补偿值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备通知该补偿值offset。在一些实施例中,上文中的第一配置信息可以包括该补偿值。In some embodiments, the first terminal device may also determine the third offset value based on polarization loss and/or antenna gain, combined with a compensation value configured by the network device. For example, the third offset value=max{0, AnteGain_ref–(AnteGain_UE-offset)}. Among them, offset is the compensation value configured by the network device. The network device may notify the first terminal device of the compensation value offset by broadcasting. In some embodiments, the first configuration information above may include the compensation value.
需要说明的是,针对不同的移动性管理操作,可以对应不同的第三偏移值。第一终端设备可以针对不同的移动性管理操作,分别确定与每个移动性管理操作对应的第三偏移值。It should be noted that different third offset values may correspond to different mobility management operations. The first terminal device may determine a third offset value corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备对应的第二条件可以包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。例如,第二条件可以包括信号测量结果的调整值大于信号测量门限。又例如,第二条件可以包括信号测量结果的调整值小于信号测量门限。在一些实施例中,第一终端设备对应的第二条件包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系,第二终端设备对应的第二条件包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的对应关系。也就是说,第一终端设备可以基于信号测量结果的调整值与第一信号测量门限,进行移动性管理操作,而第二终端设备可以基于信号测量结果与第二信号测量门限,进行移动性管理操作。在一些实施例中,第一信号测量门限与第二信号测量门限可以相等。In some embodiments, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device may include a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold. For example, the second condition may include that the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold. For another example, the second condition may include that the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is less than the signal measurement threshold. In some embodiments, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold, and the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device includes the relationship between the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold. corresponding relationship. That is to say, the first terminal device can perform mobility management operations based on the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the first signal measurement threshold, and the second terminal device can perform mobility management based on the signal measurement result and the second signal measurement threshold. operate. In some embodiments, the first signal measurement threshold and the second signal measurement threshold may be equal.
在一些实施例中,信号测量结果的调整值可以基于信号测量结果与第四偏移值确定。例如,信号测量结果的调整值=信号测量结果+第四偏移值,或者,信号测量结果的调整值=信号测量结果-第四偏移值。第四偏移值可以大于0,也可以小于0,第四偏移值的大小可以根据实际情况进行设计。In some embodiments, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result may be determined based on the signal measurement result and the fourth offset value. For example, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result=the signal measurement result+the fourth offset value, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result=the signal measurement result-the fourth offset value. The fourth offset value may be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the fourth offset value may be designed according to the actual situation.
在一些实施例中,网络设备可以向第一终端设备发送指示信息,以指示第一终端设备在确定信号测量结果时,是否需要加上第四偏移值。如果该指示信息指示需要加上第四偏移值,则第一终端设备根据信号测量结果以及第四偏移值,确定信号测量结果的调整值。如果该指示信息指示不需要加上第四偏移值,则第一终端设备可以不用确定信号测量结果的调整值,可直接使用信号测量结果。该指示信息可以是指示小区是否支持覆盖增强的指示信息。如果小区支持覆盖增强,则第一终端设备可以基于信号测量结果以及第六偏移值,确定信号测量结果的调整值。如果小区不支持覆盖增强,则第一终端设备直接使用信号测量结果。In some embodiments, the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a fourth offset value when determining the signal measurement result. If the indication information indicates that a fourth offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the adjustment value of the signal measurement result according to the signal measurement result and the fourth offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the fourth offset value, the first terminal device does not need to determine the adjustment value of the signal measurement result, but can directly use the signal measurement result. The indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first terminal device may determine the adjustment value of the signal measurement result based on the signal measurement result and the sixth offset value. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first terminal device directly uses the signal measurement result.
第四偏移值可以为网络设备配置的偏移值,或者可以为协议中预定义的偏移值,或者可以为第一终端设备计算的偏移值。例如,网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送第四偏移值。The fourth offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be an offset value predefined in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. For example, the network device may send the fourth offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
如果第四偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,则网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置一个偏移值,也可以配置多个偏移值。也就是说,上文中的第一配置信息可以包括一个偏移值,也可以包括多个偏移值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第四偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第四偏移值。If the fourth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above first configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values. The network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same fourth offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine a fourth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
如果第四偏移值为协议中预定义的偏移值,则协议中可以为第一终端设备预定义一个偏移值,也可以预定义多个偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第四偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第四偏移值。If the fourth offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol, one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same fourth offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the fourth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述多个偏移值可以与不同的天线增益和/或极化损失相关联。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个偏移值。第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中选择与自己的天线增益和/或极化损失对应的第四偏移值。The plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value. The first terminal device may select a fourth offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第四偏移值可以基于第四信息确定。第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益,第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fourth offset value may be determined based on the fourth information. The fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,第四信息可以包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fourth information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
例如,第四偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}。又例如,第四偏移值={0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}。又例如,第四偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}+max{0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}。又例如,第四偏移值=max{0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE)}。其中,AnteGain_ref为终端设备天线增益参考值,该值可以为预定义的值或者网络设备配置的值。AnteGain_UE为终端设备的实际天线增益。PolarizationLoss_ref为终端设备极化损失参考值,该值可以为预定义的值或者网络设备配置的值。PolarizationLoss_UE为终端设备的实际极化损失。For example, the fourth offset value=max{0, AnteGain_ref-AnteGain_UE}. For another example, the fourth offset value={0, PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}. For another example, the fourth offset value=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}+max{0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}. For another example, the fourth offset value=max{0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE)}. Among them, AnteGain_ref is the terminal device antenna gain reference value, which can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device. AnteGain_UE is the actual antenna gain of the terminal device. PolarizationLoss_ref is the polarization loss reference value of the terminal device. This value can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device. PolarizationLoss_UE is the actual polarization loss of the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备还可以根据极化损失和/或天线增益,并结合网络设备配置的补偿值,确定第四偏移值。例如,第四偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–(AnteGain_UE-offset)}。其中,offset为网络设备配置的补偿值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备通知该补偿值offset。在一些实施例中,上文中的第一配置信息可以包括该补偿值。In some embodiments, the first terminal device may also determine the fourth offset value based on polarization loss and/or antenna gain, in combination with a compensation value configured by the network device. For example, the fourth offset value=max{0, AnteGain_ref–(AnteGain_UE-offset)}. Among them, offset is the compensation value configured by the network device. The network device may notify the first terminal device of the compensation value offset by broadcasting. In some embodiments, the first configuration information above may include the compensation value.
需要说明的是,针对不同的移动性管理操作,可以对应不同的第四偏移值。第一终端设备可以针对不同的移动性管理操作,分别确定与每个移动性管理操作对应的第四偏移值。It should be noted that different fourth offset values may correspond to different mobility management operations. The first terminal device may determine a fourth offset value corresponding to each mobility management operation for different mobility management operations.
本申请实施例中,终端设备可以根据自己的类型,确定使用的第二条件。例如,终端设备可以根据自己的类型,确定使用的信号测量门限。如果终端设备的类型为第一终端设备类型,则终端设备可以使用第一信号测量门限。如果终端设备的类型为第二终端设备类型,则终端设备可以使用第二信号测量门限。又例如,终端设备可以根据自己的类型,确定是否使用信号测量结果的调整值。如果终端设备的类型为第一终端设备类型,则终端设备可以使用信号测量结果的调整值。如果终端设备的类型为第二终端设备类型,则终端设备可以直接使用信号测量结果。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can determine the second condition for use according to its type. For example, the terminal device can determine the signal measurement threshold to use based on its type. If the type of the terminal device is a first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the first signal measurement threshold. If the type of the terminal device is a second terminal device type, the terminal device may use the second signal measurement threshold. For another example, the terminal device can determine whether to use the adjustment value of the signal measurement result according to its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the adjustment value of the signal measurement result. If the type of the terminal device is the second terminal device type, the terminal device can directly use the signal measurement result.
在本申请实施例中,不论小区是否支持覆盖增强(小区仅针对第一终端设备进行了覆盖增强),第二终端设备支持的覆盖范围是不变的,因此,网络设备可以为第二终端设备配置一个第二信号测量门限,这样可以节省网络设备的配置开销。In this embodiment of the present application, regardless of whether the cell supports coverage enhancement (the cell only performs coverage enhancement for the first terminal device), the coverage range supported by the second terminal device remains unchanged. Therefore, the network device can be the second terminal device. Configure a second signal measurement threshold, which can save network device configuration overhead.
由上文的描述可知,信号测量结果可以为Srxlev和/或Squal。为了将第一终端设备对应的第二条件和第二终端设备对应的第二条件区分开,第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以使用不同的计算方式计算Srxlev和/或Squal。As can be seen from the above description, the signal measurement result may be Srxlev and/or Squal. In order to distinguish the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device, the first terminal device and the second terminal device may use different calculation methods to calculate Srxlev and/or Squal.
由上文的公式(1)和公式(2)可知,Srxlev可以基于Qrxlevmin确定,Squal可以基于Qrxlevmin确定。因此,在一些实施例中,第一终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin与第二终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin不同,和/或,第一终端设备对应的Qqualmin与第二终端设备对应的Qqualmin不同。It can be seen from the above formula (1) and formula (2) that Srxlev can be determined based on Qrxlevmin, and Squal can be determined based on Qrxlevmin. Therefore, in some embodiments, the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device, and/or the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device.
第一终端设备计算Srxlev和Squal的公式可以如下:The formula for calculating Srxlev and Squal by the first terminal device can be as follows:
Srxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin_type1+Qrxlevminoffset)–Pcompensation-QoffsettempSrxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin_type1+Qrxlevminoffset)–Pcompensation-Qoffsettemp
Squal=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin_type1+Qqualminoffset)–QoffsettempSqual=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin_type1+Qqualminoffset)–Qoffsettemp
第二终端设备计算Srxlev和Squal的公式可以如下:The formula for calculating Srxlev and Squal by the second terminal device can be as follows:
Srxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin_type2+Qrxlevminoffset)–Pcompensation-QoffsettempSrxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin_type2+Qrxlevminoffset)–Pcompensation-Qoffsettemp
Squal=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin_type2+Qqualminoffset)–QoffsettempSqual=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin_type2+Qqualminoffset)–Qoffsettemp
其中,Qrxlevmin_type1为第一终端设备对应的小区最低接收电平值,Qqualmin_type1为第一终端设备对应的小区最低接收质量值,Qrxlevmin_type2为第二终端设备对应的小区最低接收电平值,Qqualmin_type2为第二终端设备对应的小区最低接收质量值。Qrxlevmin_type1的取值与Qrxlevmin_type2的取值不同,Qqualmin_type1的取值与Qqualmin_type2的取值不同。Among them, Qrxlevmin_type1 is the lowest reception level value of the cell corresponding to the first terminal device, Qqualmin_type1 is the lowest reception quality value of the cell corresponding to the first terminal device, Qrxlevmin_type2 is the lowest reception level value of the cell corresponding to the second terminal device, and Qqualmin_type2 is the second The minimum reception quality value of the cell corresponding to the terminal device. The value of Qrxlevmin_type1 is different from the value of Qrxlevmin_type2, and the value of Qqualmin_type1 is different from the value of Qqualmin_type2.
Qrxlevmin_type1可以是一个值,也可以是多个值。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个Qrxlevmin_type1值。如果Qrxlevmin_type1是一个值,则所有的第一终端设备在计算Srxlev时,都使用相同的Qrxlevmin_type1值。如果Qrxlevmin_type1包括多个值,则第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,确定Qrxlevmin_type1值。Qrxlevmin_type1 can be one value or multiple values. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value size, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a Qrxlevmin_type1 value. If Qrxlevmin_type1 is a value, all first terminal devices use the same Qrxlevmin_type1 value when calculating Srxlev. If Qrxlevmin_type1 includes multiple values, the first terminal device may determine the Qrxlevmin_type1 value according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
Qqualmin_type1可以是一个值,也可以是多个值。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个Qqualmin_type1值。如果Qqualmin_type1是一个值,则所有的第一终端设备在计算Squal时,都使用相同的Qqualmin_type1值。如果Qqualmin_type1包括多个值,则第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,确定Qqualmin_type1值。Qqualmin_type1 can be one value or multiple values. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a Qqualmin_type1 value. If Qqualmin_type1 is a value, all first terminal devices use the same Qqualmin_type1 value when calculating Squal. If Qqualmin_type1 includes multiple values, the first terminal device may determine the Qqualmin_type1 value according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述Qrxlevmin_type1和/或Qqualmin_type1可以由网络设备配置。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备通知Qrxlevmin_type1和/或Qqualmin_type1。或者,上述Qrxlevmin_type1和/或Qqualmin_type1可以是协议中预定义的值。The above Qrxlevmin_type1 and/or Qqualmin_type1 can be configured by the network device. The network device may notify the first terminal device of Qrxlevmin_type1 and/or Qqualmin_type1 by broadcasting. Alternatively, the above Qrxlevmin_type1 and/or Qqualmin_type1 may be predefined values in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备可以在计算Srxlev和/或Squal的公式中引入上述第四偏移值。而第二终端设备仍然可以使用上述公式(1)和公式(2)计算Srxlev和/或Squal。In some embodiments, the first terminal device may introduce the above-mentioned fourth offset value into the formula for calculating Srxlev and/or Squal. The second terminal device can still use the above formula (1) and formula (2) to calculate Srxlev and/or Squal.
例如,第一终端设备计算Srxlev和Squal的公式可以如下:For example, the formula for calculating Srxlev and Squal by the first terminal device can be as follows:
Srxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin+Qrxlevminoffset+Qrxlevminoffset_type2)–Pcompensation-QoffsettempSrxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin+Qrxlevminoffset+Qrxlevminoffset_type2)–Pcompensation-Qoffsettemp
Squal=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin+Qqualminoffset+Qqualminoffset_type2)-QoffsettempSqual=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin+Qqualminoffset+Qqualminoffset_type2)-Qoffsettemp
其中,Qrxlevminoffset_type2和Qqualminoffset_type2可以为上文介绍的第四偏移值。Among them, Qrxlevminoffset_type2 and Qqualminoffset_type2 can be the fourth offset value introduced above.
又例如,第一终端设备计算Srxlev和Squal的公式可以如下:For another example, the formula for calculating Srxlev and Squal by the first terminal device can be as follows:
Srxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin+Qrxlevminoffset)–Pcompensation-Qoffsettemp- Qrxlevoffset_type2Srxlev=Qrxlevmeas–(Qrxlevmin+Qrxlevminoffset)–Pcompensation-Qoffsettemp- Qrxlevoffset_type2
Squal=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin+Qqualminoffset)-Qoffsettemp-Qqualoffset_type2Squal=Qqualmeas–(Qqualmin+Qqualminoffset)-Qoffsettemp-Qqualoffset_type2
其中,Qrxlevoffset_type2和/或Qqualoffset_type2可以为上文介绍的第四偏移值。Among them, Qrxlevoffset_type2 and/or Qqualoffset_type2 may be the fourth offset value introduced above.
上文介绍了在进行移动性管理操作过程中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备使用的第一条件和/或第二条件的差异。下面对随机接入过程进行介绍。The above describes the difference between the first condition and/or the second condition used by the first terminal device and the second terminal device during the mobility management operation. The random access process is introduced below.
随机接入random access
在随机接入过程中,终端设备也需要基于信号测量结果(如RSRP值),进行随机接入。During the random access process, the terminal device also needs to perform random access based on signal measurement results (such as RSRP value).
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以基于RSRP测量结果,在四步随机接入过程中选择RSRP值高于RSRP门限(如rsrp-ThresholdSSB)的SSB。In some embodiments, the terminal device may select an SSB whose RSRP value is higher than the RSRP threshold (such as rsrp-ThresholdSSB) in the four-step random access process based on the RSRP measurement result.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以基于RSRP测量结果,在两步随机接入过程中选择RSRP值高于RSRP门限(如msgA-RSRP-ThresholdSSB)的SSB。In some embodiments, the terminal device can select an SSB with an RSRP value higher than the RSRP threshold (such as msgA-RSRP-ThresholdSSB) in a two-step random access process based on the RSRP measurement result.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以基于RSRP测量结果,选择RSRP值高于RSRP门限(如rsrp-ThresholdCSI-RS)的CSI-RS。该过程的随机接入可以为四步随机接入。In some embodiments, the terminal device may select a CSI-RS whose RSRP value is higher than the RSRP threshold (such as rsrp-ThresholdCSI-RS) based on the RSRP measurement result. The random access in this process can be four-step random access.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以基于RSRP测量结果,进行上行载波的选择。上行载波可以包括普通上行链路(normal uplink,NUL)载波和补充上行链路(supplementary uplink,SUL)载波。终端设备可以基于RSRP测量结果,在NUL载波和SUL载波之间进行选择。例如,如果RSRP测量值大于RSRP门限,则终端设备可以使用NUL载波。如果RSRP测量值小于或等于RSRP门限,则终端设备可以使用SUL载波。In some embodiments, the terminal device may select an uplink carrier based on the RSRP measurement results. Uplink carriers may include normal uplink (NUL) carriers and supplementary uplink (SUL) carriers. The terminal device can choose between NUL carrier and SUL carrier based on RSRP measurement results. For example, if the RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can use a NUL carrier. If the RSRP measurement value is less than or equal to the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can use the SUL carrier.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以基于RSRP测量值以及RSRP门限(如msgA-RSRP-Threshold),进行随机接入类型的选择。例如,如果RSRP测量值大于RSRP门限,则终端设备可以选择两步随机接入。如果RSRP测量值小于RSRP门限,则终端设备选择四步随机接入。In some embodiments, the terminal device may select a random access type based on the RSRP measurement value and the RSRP threshold (such as msgA-RSRP-Threshold). For example, if the RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can select two-step random access. If the RSRP measurement value is less than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device selects four-step random access.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以基于RSRP测量值与RSRP门限(如rsrp-ThresholdMsg3),确定是否请求MSG3的重复传输。如果RSRP测量值小于或等于RSRP门限,则终端设备可以请求MSG3的重复传输。如果RSRP测量值大于RSRP门限,则终端设备可以不请求MSG3的重复传输。In some embodiments, the terminal device may determine whether to request repeated transmission of MSG3 based on the RSRP measurement value and the RSRP threshold (such as rsrp-ThresholdMsg3). If the RSRP measurement value is less than or equal to the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can request repeated transmission of MSG3. If the RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device may not request repeated transmission of MSG3.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以基于RSRP测量值以及RSRP门限(如sdt-RSRP-Threshold),确定是否执行小数据传输(small data transmission,SDT)。如果RSRP测量值大于RSRP门限,则终端设备可以执行SDT。如果RSRP测量值小于RSRP门限,则终端设备不执行SDT。In some embodiments, the terminal device may determine whether to perform small data transmission (SDT) based on the RSRP measurement value and the RSRP threshold (such as sdt-RSRP-Threshold). If the RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device can perform SDT. If the RSRP measurement value is less than the RSRP threshold, the terminal device does not perform SDT.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以基于RSRP测量值以及RSRP门限(如cg-SDT-RSRP-ThresholdSSB),进行配置授权SDT(configured grant SDT,CG-SDT)的SSB选择。终端设备可以选择RSRP测量值大于RSRP门限的SSB。In some embodiments, the terminal device can perform configured grant SDT (configured grant SDT, CG-SDT) SSB selection based on the RSRP measurement value and the RSRP threshold (such as cg-SDT-RSRP-ThresholdSSB). The terminal device can select an SSB whose RSRP measurement value is greater than the RSRP threshold.
由上文可知,终端设备在随机接入过程中需要使用信号测量条件。对于天线处理能力不同的第一终端设备和第二终端设备,如果第一终端设备和第二终端设备使用相同的信号测量条件执行随机接入,可能会导致终端设备的随机接入性能变差。需要说明的是,该信号测量条件可以为上文描述的第二条件。第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以为前面实施例介绍的第一终端设备和第二终端设备。As can be seen from the above, the terminal device needs to use signal measurement conditions during the random access process. For a first terminal device and a second terminal device with different antenna processing capabilities, if the first terminal device and the second terminal device use the same signal measurement conditions to perform random access, the random access performance of the terminal device may deteriorate. It should be noted that the signal measurement condition may be the second condition described above. The first terminal device and the second terminal device may be the first terminal device and the second terminal device introduced in the previous embodiment.
例如,如果小区支持覆盖增强,即小区针对第一终端设备进行了覆盖增强,则第一终端设备和第二终端设备实际支持的覆盖范围应该是相同的。如果第一终端设备和第二终端设备按照相同的信号测量条件(如相同RSRP门限)进行随机接入,由于第一终端设备的天线处理能力低于第二终端设备的天线处理能力,则会导致第一终端设备的随机接入性能变差。如第一终端设备能够选择的随机接入参数变少,或者,第一终端设备选择两步随机接入的概率变低。For example, if the cell supports coverage enhancement, that is, the cell performs coverage enhancement for the first terminal device, then the coverage ranges actually supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device should be the same. If the first terminal device and the second terminal device perform random access according to the same signal measurement conditions (such as the same RSRP threshold), since the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is lower than the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, it will cause The random access performance of the first terminal device becomes worse. For example, the number of random access parameters that the first terminal device can select becomes fewer, or the probability that the first terminal device selects two-step random access becomes lower.
基于此,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信的方法,通过设置与终端设备的天线处理能力相关联的信号测量条件,可以使得信号测量条件与终端设备实际支持的小区覆盖范围相匹配,从而可以提高终端设备的随机接入性能。Based on this, embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication method. By setting signal measurement conditions associated with the antenna processing capabilities of the terminal device, the signal measurement conditions can be matched with the cell coverage actually supported by the terminal device, so that the signal measurement conditions can be matched with the cell coverage actually supported by the terminal device. Improve the random access performance of terminal equipment.
下面结合图8和图9,对本申请实施例的无线通信的方法进行介绍。The wireless communication method according to the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below with reference to FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 .
参见图8,在步骤S810、第一终端设备基于信号测量条件,进行随机接入。Referring to Figure 8, in step S810, the first terminal device performs random access based on signal measurement conditions.
参见图9,在步骤S910、网络设备向第一终端设备发送第二配置信息。该第二配置信息可用于确定信号测量条件。也就是说,第一终端设备可以基于第二配置信息,确定信号测量条件。Referring to Figure 9, in step S910, the network device sends second configuration information to the first terminal device. This second configuration information may be used to determine signal measurement conditions. That is to say, the first terminal device can determine the signal measurement conditions based on the second configuration information.
需要说明的是,下文描述的内容对于图8和图9所示的方案均适用。It should be noted that the content described below is applicable to the solutions shown in Figures 8 and 9.
在一些实施例中,信号测量条件可以包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。在另一些实施例中,信号测量条件可以包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。信号测量条件例如可以包括以下中的一种或多种:信号测量结果大于或等于信号测量门限、信号测量结果小于信号测量门限、信号测量结果的调整值大于或等于信号测量门限、信号测量结果的调整值小于信号测量门限。In some embodiments, the signal measurement condition may include a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold. In other embodiments, the signal measurement condition may include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold. The signal measurement conditions may include, for example, one or more of the following: the signal measurement result is greater than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, the signal measurement result is less than the signal measurement threshold, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than or equal to the signal measurement threshold, the signal measurement result is The adjustment value is less than the signal measurement threshold.
针对不同的随机接入操作,其对应的信号测量门限可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。例如,用于SSB选择的信号测量门限和用于CSI-RS选择的信号测量门限可以相同,也 可以不同。又例如,用于随机接入类型选择的信号测量门限和用于SSB选择的信号测量门限可以相同,也可以不同。For different random access operations, the corresponding signal measurement thresholds may be the same or different, and this is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application. For example, the signal measurement threshold used for SSB selection and the signal measurement threshold used for CSI-RS selection may be the same or different. For another example, the signal measurement threshold used for random access type selection and the signal measurement threshold used for SSB selection may be the same or different.
信号测量结果可以包括以下中的一种或多种:RSRP、RSRQ。如果信号测量结果为RSRP,则信号测量门限为RSRP门限。如果信号测量结果为RSRQ,则信号测量门限为RSRQ门限。Signal measurement results may include one or more of the following: RSRP, RSRQ. If the signal measurement result is RSRP, the signal measurement threshold is the RSRP threshold. If the signal measurement result is RSRQ, the signal measurement threshold is the RSRQ threshold.
本申请实施例的信号测量条件与第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。如果第一终端设备与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件与第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件可以不同,也可以相同。例如,对于服务小区不支持覆盖增强的场景,第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件和第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件可以相同。又例如,如果服务小区支持覆盖增强,即服务小区针对第一终端设备引入了覆盖增强技术,则第一终端设备和第二终端设备支持的覆盖范围一致,但由于第一终端设备和第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,在相同位置上,第一终端设备测量的RSRP值低于第二终端设备测量的RSRP值,因此,在该情况下,第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件和第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件可以不同,使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以更准确地执行随机接入操作的相关判决。The signal measurement conditions in the embodiment of the present application are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device and the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device may be different or the same. For example, in a scenario where the serving cell does not support coverage enhancement, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device and the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device may be the same. For another example, if the serving cell supports coverage enhancement, that is, the serving cell introduces coverage enhancement technology for the first terminal device, then the coverage range supported by the first terminal device and the second terminal device is the same, but because the first terminal device and the second terminal device The antenna processing capabilities of the devices are different. At the same location, the RSRP value measured by the first terminal device is lower than the RSRP value measured by the second terminal device. Therefore, in this case, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device are different from those of the second terminal device. The signal measurement conditions corresponding to the terminal equipment may be different, so that the first terminal equipment and the second terminal equipment can more accurately perform relevant decisions on the random access operation.
本申请实施例中的第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以与上文中的第一终端设备和第二终端设备类似,相关内容可以参见上文的描述,为避免累赘,此处不再赘述。The first terminal device and the second terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be similar to the first terminal device and the second terminal device mentioned above. For relevant content, please refer to the above description. To avoid redundancy, they will not be described again here.
在一些实施例中,信号测量条件可以包括终端设备的信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。如果第一终端设备和第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则第一终端设备的第三信号测量门限和第二终端设备的第四信号测量门限可以不同。通过设置不同的信号测量门限,可以使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备更准确地执行随机接入操作的相关判决。如果第一终端设备的天线处理能力低于第二终端设备的天线处理能力,则第三信号测量门限可以低于第四信号测量门限。In some embodiments, the signal measurement condition may include a relationship between a signal measurement result of the terminal device and a signal measurement threshold. If the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the fourth signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device may be different. By setting different signal measurement thresholds, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can make more accurate decisions related to random access operations. If the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is lower than the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the third signal measurement threshold may be lower than the fourth signal measurement threshold.
第四信号测量门限可以是网络设备配置的门限。例如,网络设备可以通过广播的方式向终端设备(包括第一终端设备和第二终端设备)发送第四信号测量门限。针对不同的随机接入操作,可以对应不同的第四信号测量门限。例如,SSB选择可以对应一个第四信号测量门限。又例如,CSI-RS选择可以对应一个第四信号测量门限。又例如,随机接入类型的选择可以对应一个第四信号测量门限。再例如,NUL载波和SUL载波的选择可以对应一个第四信号测量门限。The fourth signal measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device. For example, the network device may send the fourth signal measurement threshold to the terminal device (including the first terminal device and the second terminal device) in a broadcast manner. For different random access operations, different fourth signal measurement thresholds may be corresponding. For example, the SSB selection may correspond to a fourth signal measurement threshold. For another example, the CSI-RS selection may correspond to a fourth signal measurement threshold. For another example, the selection of the random access type may correspond to a fourth signal measurement threshold. For another example, the selection of NUL carrier and SUL carrier may correspond to a fourth signal measurement threshold.
第三信号测量门限可以是网络设备配置的门限,或者,第三信号测量门限可以为协议中预定义的门限,或者,第三信号测量门限可以为第一终端设备计算的门限。The third signal measurement threshold may be a threshold configured by the network device, or the third signal measurement threshold may be a threshold predefined in the protocol, or the third signal measurement threshold may be a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
针对不同的随机接入操作,可以对应不同的第三信号测量门限。例如,SSB选择可以对应一个第三信号测量门限。又例如,CSI-RS选择可以对应一个第三信号测量门限。又例如,随机接入类型的选择可以对应一个第三信号测量门限。再例如,NUL载波和SUL载波的选择可以对应一个第三信号测量门限。Different random access operations may correspond to different third signal measurement thresholds. For example, the SSB selection may correspond to a third signal measurement threshold. For another example, the CSI-RS selection may correspond to a third signal measurement threshold. For another example, the selection of the random access type may correspond to a third signal measurement threshold. For another example, the selection of NUL carrier and SUL carrier may correspond to a third signal measurement threshold.
如果第三信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,则网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置一个信号测量门限,也可以配置多个信号测量门限。也就是说,上文中的第二配置信息可以包括一个信号测量门限,也可以包括多个信号测量门限。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送信号测量门限。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了一个信号测量门限,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第三信号测量门限。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了多个信号测量门限,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定第三信号测量门限。If the third signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device, the network device may configure one signal measurement threshold for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple signal measurement thresholds. That is to say, the above second configuration information may include one signal measurement threshold, or may include multiple signal measurement thresholds. The network device may send the signal measurement threshold to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures a signal measurement threshold for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same third signal measurement threshold. If the network device configures multiple signal measurement thresholds for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine a third signal measurement threshold from the multiple signal measurement thresholds based on the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
如果第三信号测量门限为协议中预定义的门限,则协议中可以为第一终端设备预定义一个信号测量门限,也可以预定义多个信号测量门限。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了一个信号测量门限,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第三信号测量门限。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了多个信号测量门限,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定第三信号测量门限。If the third signal measurement threshold is a predefined threshold in the protocol, one signal measurement threshold may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, or multiple signal measurement thresholds may be predefined. If a signal measurement threshold is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same third signal measurement threshold. If multiple signal measurement thresholds are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the third signal measurement threshold from the multiple signal measurement thresholds based on the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述多个信号测量门限可以与不同的天线增益和/或极化损失相关联。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个信号测量门限。第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中选择与自己的天线增益和/或极化损失对应的信号测量门限。The multiple signal measurement thresholds described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, thereby mapping the first terminal device to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to a signal measurement threshold. The first terminal device may select a signal measurement threshold corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from multiple signal measurement thresholds based on its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第三信号测量门限可以基于第四信号测量门限确定。也就是说,第一终端设备可以基于第四信号测量门限,确定第三信号测量门限。本申请实施例对第三信号测量门限的计算方式不做具体限定。例如,第三信号测量门限可以基于第四信号测量门限以及第五偏移值确定。也就是说,第一终端设备可以根据第四信号测量门限以及第五偏移值,确定第三信号测量门限。在一些实施例中,第三信号测量门限=第四信号测量门限+第五偏移值,或者,第三信号测量门限=第四信号测量门限-第五偏移值。第五偏移值可以大于0,也可以小于0,第五偏移值的大小可以根据实际情况进行设计。In some embodiments, the third signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold. That is to say, the first terminal device may determine the third signal measurement threshold based on the fourth signal measurement threshold. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the calculation method of the third signal measurement threshold. For example, the third signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and the fifth offset value. That is to say, the first terminal device can determine the third signal measurement threshold according to the fourth signal measurement threshold and the fifth offset value. In some embodiments, the third signal measurement threshold=the fourth signal measurement threshold+the fifth offset value, or the third signal measurement threshold=the fourth signal measurement threshold-the fifth offset value. The fifth offset value can be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the fifth offset value can be designed according to the actual situation.
如果第三信号测量门限基于第四信号测量门限确定,则网络设备可以向第一终端设备发送指示信息,以指示第一终端设备在确定第三信号测量门限时,是否需要加上第五偏移值。如果该指示信息指示需要加上第五偏移值,则第一终端设备根据第四信号测量门限以及第五偏移值,确定第三信号测量门限。如果该指示信息指示不需要加上第五偏移值,则第一终端设备可以将第四信号测量门限作为第三信号测量门限。该指示信息可以是指示小区是否支持覆盖增强的指示信息。如果小区支持覆盖增强,则第三信号测量门限可以基于第三信号测量门限以及第五偏移值确定。如果小区不支持覆盖增强,则第三信号测量门限等于第四信号测量门限。If the third signal measurement threshold is determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold, the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a fifth offset when determining the third signal measurement threshold. value. If the indication information indicates that a fifth offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the third signal measurement threshold based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and the fifth offset value. If the indication information indicates that there is no need to add the fifth offset value, the first terminal device may use the fourth signal measurement threshold as the third signal measurement threshold. The indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the third signal measurement threshold may be determined based on the third signal measurement threshold and the fifth offset value. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the third signal measurement threshold is equal to the fourth signal measurement threshold.
第五偏移值可以为网络设备配置的偏移值,或者可以为协议中预定义的偏移值,或者可以为第一终端设备计算的偏移值。例如,网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送第五偏移值。The fifth offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. For example, the network device may send the fifth offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
如果第五偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,则网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置一个偏移值,也可以配置多个偏移值。也就是说,上文中的第二配置信息可以包括一个偏移值,也可以包括多个偏移值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第五偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第五偏移值。If the fifth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above second configuration information may include one offset value or multiple offset values. The network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same fifth offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine the fifth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
如果第五偏移值为协议中预定义的偏移值,则协议中可以为第一终端设备预定义一个偏移值,也可以预定义多个偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第五偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第五偏移值。If the fifth offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol, one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same fifth offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the fifth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述多个偏移值可以与不同的天线增益和/或极化损失相关联。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个偏移值。第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中选择与自己的天线增益和/或极化损失对应的第五偏移值。The plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value. The first terminal device may select a fifth offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第五偏移值可以基于第五信息确定。第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益,第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fifth offset value may be determined based on fifth information. The fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,第五信息可以包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fifth information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
例如,第五偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}。又例如,第五偏移值={0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}。又例如,第五偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}+max{0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}。又例如,第五偏移值=max{0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE)}。其中,AnteGain_ref为终端设备天线增益参考值,该值可以为预定义的值或者网络设备配置的值。AnteGain_UE为终端设备的实际天线增益。PolarizationLoss_ref为终端设备极化损失参考值,该值可以为预定义的值或者网络设备配置的值。PolarizationLoss_UE为终端设备的实际极化损失。For example, the fifth offset value=max{0, AnteGain_ref-AnteGain_UE}. For another example, the fifth offset value={0, PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}. For another example, the fifth offset value=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}+max{0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}. For another example, the fifth offset value=max{0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE)}. Among them, AnteGain_ref is the terminal device antenna gain reference value, which can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device. AnteGain_UE is the actual antenna gain of the terminal device. PolarizationLoss_ref is the polarization loss reference value of the terminal device. This value can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device. PolarizationLoss_UE is the actual polarization loss of the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备还可以根据极化损失和/或天线增益,并结合网络设备配置的补偿值,确定第五偏移值。例如,第五偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–(AnteGain_UE-offset)}。其中,offset为网络设备配置的补偿值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备通知该补偿值offset。在一些实施例中,上文中的第二配置信息可以包括该补偿值。In some embodiments, the first terminal device may also determine the fifth offset value based on polarization loss and/or antenna gain, combined with a compensation value configured by the network device. For example, the fifth offset value=max{0, AnteGain_ref–(AnteGain_UE-offset)}. Among them, offset is the compensation value configured by the network device. The network device may notify the first terminal device of the compensation value offset by broadcasting. In some embodiments, the second configuration information above may include the compensation value.
需要说明的是,针对不同的随机接入操作,可以对应不同的第五偏移值。第一终端设备可以针对不同的随机接入操作,分别确定与每个随机接入操作对应的第五偏移值。It should be noted that different fifth offset values may correspond to different random access operations. The first terminal device may determine the fifth offset value corresponding to each random access operation for different random access operations.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件可以包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。例如,信号测量条件可以包括信号测量结果的调整值大于信号测量门限。又例如,信号测量条件可以包括信号测量结果的调整值小于信号测量门限。在一些实施例中,第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系,第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的对应关系。也就是说,第一终端设备可以基于信号测量结果的调整值与第三信号测量门限,进行随机接入操作,而第二终端设备可以基于信号测量结果与第四信号测量门限,进行随机接入操作。在一些实施例中,第三信号测量门限与第四信号测量门限可以相等。In some embodiments, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device may include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold. For example, the signal measurement condition may include that the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is greater than the signal measurement threshold. For another example, the signal measurement condition may include that the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is less than the signal measurement threshold. In some embodiments, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold, and the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device include the relationship between the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold. corresponding relationship. That is to say, the first terminal device can perform a random access operation based on the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the third signal measurement threshold, and the second terminal device can perform a random access operation based on the signal measurement result and the fourth signal measurement threshold. operate. In some embodiments, the third signal measurement threshold and the fourth signal measurement threshold may be equal.
在一些实施例中,信号测量结果的调整值可以基于信号测量结果与第六偏移值确定。例如,信号测量结果的调整值=信号测量结果+第六偏移值,或者,信号测量结果的调整值=信号测量结果-第六偏移值。第六偏移值可以大于0,也可以小于0,第六偏移值的大小可以根据实际情况进行设计。In some embodiments, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result may be determined based on the signal measurement result and the sixth offset value. For example, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result = the signal measurement result + the sixth offset value, or the adjustment value of the signal measurement result = the signal measurement result - the sixth offset value. The sixth offset value may be greater than 0 or less than 0, and the size of the sixth offset value may be designed according to the actual situation.
在一些实施例中,网络设备可以向第一终端设备发送指示信息,以指示第一终端设备在确定信号 测量结果时,是否需要加上第六偏移值。如果该指示信息指示需要加上第六偏移值,则第一终端设备根据信号测量结果以及第六偏移值,确定信号测量结果的调整值。如果该指示信息指示不需要加上第六偏移值,则第一终端设备可以不用确定信号测量结果的调整值,可直接使用信号测量结果。该指示信息可以是指示小区是否支持覆盖增强的指示信息。如果小区支持覆盖增强,则第一终端设备可以基于信号测量结果以及第六偏移值,确定信号测量结果的调整值。如果小区不支持覆盖增强,则第一终端设备直接使用信号测量结果。In some embodiments, the network device may send indication information to the first terminal device to indicate whether the first terminal device needs to add a sixth offset value when determining the signal measurement result. If the indication information indicates that a sixth offset value needs to be added, the first terminal device determines the adjustment value of the signal measurement result according to the signal measurement result and the sixth offset value. If the indication information indicates that it is not necessary to add the sixth offset value, the first terminal device may not need to determine the adjustment value of the signal measurement result, but may directly use the signal measurement result. The indication information may be indication information indicating whether the cell supports coverage enhancement. If the cell supports coverage enhancement, the first terminal device may determine the adjustment value of the signal measurement result based on the signal measurement result and the sixth offset value. If the cell does not support coverage enhancement, the first terminal device directly uses the signal measurement result.
第六偏移值可以为网络设备配置的偏移值,或者可以为协议中预定义的偏移值,或者可以为第一终端设备计算的偏移值。例如,网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送第六偏移值。The sixth offset value may be an offset value configured by the network device, or may be a predefined offset value in the protocol, or may be an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. For example, the network device may send the sixth offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner.
如果第六偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,则网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置一个偏移值,也可以配置多个偏移值。也就是说,上文中的第二配置信息可以包括一个偏移值,也可以包括多个偏移值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备发送偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第六偏移值。如果网络设备为第一终端设备配置了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第六偏移值。If the sixth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, the network device may configure one offset value for the first terminal device, or may configure multiple offset values. That is to say, the above second configuration information may include one offset value or may include multiple offset values. The network device may send the offset value to the first terminal device in a broadcast manner. If the network device configures an offset value for the first terminal device, all first terminal devices use the same sixth offset value. If the network device configures multiple offset values for the first terminal device, the first terminal device may determine a sixth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
如果第六偏移值为协议中预定义的偏移值,则协议中可以为第一终端设备预定义一个偏移值,也可以预定义多个偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了一个偏移值,则所有的第一终端设备都使用相同的第六偏移值。如果协议中为第一终端设备预定义了多个偏移值,则第一终端设备可以根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中确定第六偏移值。If the sixth offset value is a predefined offset value in the protocol, one offset value or multiple offset values may be predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol. If an offset value is predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, all first terminal devices use the same sixth offset value. If multiple offset values are predefined for the first terminal device in the protocol, the first terminal device may determine the sixth offset value from the multiple offset values according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
上述多个偏移值可以与不同的天线增益和/或极化损失相关联。在一些实施例中,可以将天线增益和/或极化损失按取值大小划分为多个区间,从而将第一终端设备对应到多个等级,每个等级对应一个偏移值。第一终端设备可以根据自己的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个偏移值中选择与自己的天线增益和/或极化损失对应的第六偏移值。The plurality of offset values described above may be associated with different antenna gains and/or polarization losses. In some embodiments, the antenna gain and/or polarization loss can be divided into multiple intervals according to the value, so that the first terminal device is mapped to multiple levels, and each level corresponds to an offset value. The first terminal device may select a sixth offset value corresponding to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss from a plurality of offset values according to its own antenna gain and/or polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,第六偏移值可以基于第六信息确定。第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益,第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the sixth offset value may be determined based on sixth information. The sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,第六信息可以包括以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the sixth information may include one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarization loss and polarization of the first terminal device. The difference between the loss reference values and the compensation value configured by the network device.
例如,第六偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}。又例如,第六偏移值={0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}。又例如,第六偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}+max{0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}。又例如,第六偏移值=max{0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE)}。其中,AnteGain_ref为终端设备天线增益参考值,该值可以为预定义的值或者网络设备配置的值。AnteGain_UE为终端设备的实际天线增益。PolarizationLoss_ref为终端设备极化损失参考值,该值可以为预定义的值或者网络设备配置的值。PolarizationLoss_UE为终端设备的实际极化损失。For example, the sixth offset value=max{0, AnteGain_ref-AnteGain_UE}. For another example, the sixth offset value={0, PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}. For another example, the sixth offset value=max{0,AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE}+max{0,PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE}. For another example, the sixth offset value=max{0,(AnteGain_ref–AnteGain_UE)+(PolarizationLoss_ref–PolarizationLoss_UE)}. Among them, AnteGain_ref is the terminal device antenna gain reference value, which can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device. AnteGain_UE is the actual antenna gain of the terminal device. PolarizationLoss_ref is the polarization loss reference value of the terminal device. This value can be a predefined value or a value configured by the network device. PolarizationLoss_UE is the actual polarization loss of the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备还可以根据极化损失和/或天线增益,并结合网络设备配置的补偿值,确定第六偏移值。例如,第六偏移值=max{0,AnteGain_ref–(AnteGain_UE-offset)}。其中,offset为网络设备配置的补偿值。网络设备可以通过广播的方式向第一终端设备通知该补偿值offset。在一些实施例中,上文中的第二配置信息可以包括该补偿值。In some embodiments, the first terminal device may also determine the sixth offset value based on polarization loss and/or antenna gain, combined with a compensation value configured by the network device. For example, the sixth offset value=max{0, AnteGain_ref–(AnteGain_UE-offset)}. Among them, offset is the compensation value configured by the network device. The network device may notify the first terminal device of the compensation value offset by broadcasting. In some embodiments, the second configuration information above may include the compensation value.
需要说明的是,针对不同的随机接入操作,可以对应不同的第六偏移值。第一终端设备可以针对不同的随机接入操作,分别确定与每个随机接入操作对应的第六偏移值。It should be noted that different sixth offset values may correspond to different random access operations. The first terminal device may determine a sixth offset value corresponding to each random access operation for different random access operations.
本申请实施例中,终端设备可以根据自己的类型,确定使用的信号测量条件。例如,终端设备可以根据自己的类型,确定使用的信号测量门限。如果终端设备的类型为第一终端设备类型,则终端设备可以使用第三信号测量门限。如果终端设备的类型为第二终端设备类型,则终端设备可以使用第四信号测量门限。又例如,终端设备可以根据自己的类型,确定是否使用信号测量结果的调整值。如果终端设备的类型为第一终端设备类型,则终端设备可以使用信号测量结果的调整值。如果终端设备的类型为第二终端设备类型,则终端设备可以直接使用信号测量结果。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can determine the signal measurement conditions to be used according to its own type. For example, the terminal device can determine the signal measurement threshold to use based on its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the third signal measurement threshold. If the type of the terminal device is the second terminal device type, the terminal device may use the fourth signal measurement threshold. For another example, the terminal device can determine whether to use the adjustment value of the signal measurement result according to its type. If the type of the terminal device is the first terminal device type, the terminal device may use the adjustment value of the signal measurement result. If the type of the terminal device is the second terminal device type, the terminal device can directly use the signal measurement result.
在本申请实施例中,不论小区是否支持覆盖增强(小区仅针对第一终端设备进行了覆盖增强),第二终端设备支持的覆盖范围是不变的,因此,网络设备可以为第二终端设备配置一个第四信号测量门限,这样可以节省网络设备的配置开销。In this embodiment of the present application, regardless of whether the cell supports coverage enhancement (the cell only performs coverage enhancement for the first terminal device), the coverage range supported by the second terminal device remains unchanged. Therefore, the network device can be the second terminal device. Configure a fourth signal measurement threshold, which can save network device configuration overhead.
上文结合图1至图9,详细描述了本申请的方法实施例,下面结合图10至图14,详细描述本申请的装置实施例。应理解,方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。The method embodiments of the present application are described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 9 , and the device embodiments of the present application are described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 10 to 14 . It should be understood that the description of the method embodiments corresponds to the description of the device embodiments. Therefore, the parts not described in detail can be referred to the previous method embodiments.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的示意性框图。该终端设备可以为上文描述的任意一种 第一终端设备。该终端设备可以包括操作单元1010。Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device can be any first terminal device described above. The terminal device may include an operating unit 1010.
操作单元1010,用于基于第一条件和/或第二条件,进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。The operating unit 1010 is configured to perform mobility management operations based on a first condition and/or a second condition, where the first condition is a location measurement condition, the second condition is a signal measurement condition, and the first condition and the The second condition is associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述移动性管理操作包括以下操作中的一种或多种:邻区测量;邻区无线资源管理RRM测量放松;小区选择;小区重选。In some embodiments, the mobility management operation includes one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement; neighbor cell radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation; cell selection; cell reselection.
在一些实施例中,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,和/或,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。In some embodiments, it is characterized in that if the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, then the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device and the third condition corresponding to the second terminal device One condition is different, and/or the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件相同,或,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件相同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。In some embodiments, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device. The second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device. The second condition corresponding to the device is different.
在一些实施例中,所述第一条件包括位置测量结果和位置测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the first condition includes a relationship between a position measurement result and a position measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限和所述第二终端设备的第二位置测量门限不同。In some embodiments, if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the third position measurement threshold of the second terminal device are The two position measurement thresholds are different.
在一些实施例中,所述第二位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。In some embodiments, the second location measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。In some embodiments, the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备还包括:确定单元1020,用于根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个位置测量门限中确定所述第一位置测量门限,所述多个位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限或协议中预定义的门限。In some embodiments, the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the first position measurement threshold from a plurality of position measurement thresholds according to antenna gain and/or polarization loss. The measurement threshold is the threshold configured on the network device or the threshold predefined in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述第一位置测量门限由所述第一终端设备基于所述第二位置测量门限以及第一偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the first position measurement threshold is determined by the first terminal device based on the second position measurement threshold and a first offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第一偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the first offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一偏移值基于第一信息确定,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the first offset value is determined based on first information, the first information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the first information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备还包括:确定单元1020,用于根据所述第一信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第一偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。In some embodiments, the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the first offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the first information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件包括位置测量结果的调整值与位置测量量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between an adjustment value of the position measurement result and a position measurement quantity threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述位置测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的位置测量结果以及第二偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the adjustment value of the position measurement result is determined based on the position measurement result of the first terminal device and the second offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第二偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the second offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第二偏移值基于第二信息确定,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the second offset value is determined based on second information, the second information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the second information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备还包括:确定单元1020,用于根据所述第二信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第二偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。In some embodiments, the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the second offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the second information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述位置测量结果包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the position measurement results include one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端设备与卫星地面参考点之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite ground reference point;
所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite;
所述第一终端设备相对卫星的角度;The angle of the first terminal device relative to the satellite;
所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的传播时延。The propagation delay between the first terminal device and the satellite.
在一些实施例中,所述第二条件包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the second condition includes a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第二信号测量门限不同。In some embodiments, if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the first signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device. The two signal measurement thresholds are different.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。In some embodiments, the second signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。In some embodiments, the first signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, a threshold predefined in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备还包括:确定单元1020,用于根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定所述第一信号测量门限,所述多个信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限或协议中预定义的门限。In some embodiments, the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the first signal measurement threshold from a plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to antenna gain and/or polarization loss. The measurement threshold is the threshold configured on the network device or the threshold predefined in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号测量门限根据所述第二信号测量门限以及第三偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the first signal measurement threshold is determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and a third offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第三偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the third offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第三偏移值基于第三信息确定,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the third offset value is determined based on third information, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备还包括:确定单元1020,用于根据所述第三信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第三偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。In some embodiments, the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the third offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the third information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收电平值Srxlev,所述Srxlev基于小区最低接收电平值Qrxlevmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin与第二终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin不同;和/或,所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收质量值Squal,所述Squal基于小区最低接收质量值Qqualmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qqualmin与第二终端设备对应的Qqualmin不同,其中,所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与所述第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同。In some embodiments, the signal measurement results include the cell selection reception level value Srxlev, the Srxlev is determined based on the lowest reception level value Qrxlevmin of the cell, the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal device and the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device Different; and/or, the signal measurement result includes the cell selection reception quality value Squal, the Squal is determined based on the lowest reception quality value Qqualmin of the cell, and the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device, Wherein, the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第四偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the fourth offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第四偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the fourth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第四偏移值基于第四信息确定,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备还包括:确定单元1020,用于根据所述第四信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第四偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。In some embodiments, the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1020, configured to determine the fourth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the fourth information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、小区选择接收电平值Srxlev、小区选择接收功率值Squal。In some embodiments, the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, cell selection reception level value Srxlev, cell selection reception power value Squal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。In some embodiments, one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。In some embodiments, the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。In some embodiments, the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。In some embodiments, the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的示意性框图。该终端设备可以为上文描述的任意一种第一终端设备。该终端设备可以包括执行单元1110。Figure 11 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device may be any first terminal device described above. The terminal device may include an execution unit 1110.
执行单元1110,用于基于信号测量条件,进行随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。The execution unit 1110 is configured to perform random access based on signal measurement conditions, where the signal measurement conditions are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述随机接入包括以下操作中的一种或多种:四步随机接入过程中的SSB选择;四步随机接入过程中的CSI-RS选择;两步随机接入中的SSB选择;上行载波的选择;随机接入类型的选择;请求Msg3重复传输;确定是否执行SDT;CG-SDT的SSB选择。In some embodiments, the random access includes one or more of the following operations: SSB selection in a four-step random access process; CSI-RS selection in a four-step random access process; two-step random access. SSB selection in the input; selection of uplink carrier; selection of random access type; request Msg3 repeated transmission; determine whether to perform SDT; SSB selection of CG-SDT.
在一些实施例中,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件与所述第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件不同。In some embodiments, if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device are the same as the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device. The measurement conditions are different.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量条件包括所述信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the signal measurement condition includes a relationship between the signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第三信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第四信号测量门限不同。In some embodiments, if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the third signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device. The four signal measurement thresholds are different.
在一些实施例中,所述第四信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。In some embodiments, the fourth signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
在一些实施例中,所述第三信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。In some embodiments, the third signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备还包括:确定单元1120,用于根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定所述第三信号测量门限,所述多个信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限或协议中预定义的门限。In some embodiments, the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1120, configured to determine the third signal measurement threshold from a plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to antenna gain and/or polarization loss. The measurement threshold is the threshold configured on the network device or the threshold predefined in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述第三信号测量门限基于所述第四信号测量门限以及第五偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the third signal measurement threshold is determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and a fifth offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第五偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the fifth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第五偏移值基于第五信息确定,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fifth offset value is determined based on fifth information, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备还包括:确定单元1120,用于根据所述第五信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第五偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。In some embodiments, the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1120, configured to determine the fifth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the fifth information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件包括所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the signal measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第六偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the sixth offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第六偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the sixth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第六偏移值基于第六信息确定,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the sixth offset value is determined based on sixth information, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备还包括:确定单元1120,用于根据所述第六信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第六偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。In some embodiments, the terminal device further includes: a determining unit 1120, configured to determine the sixth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the sixth information, where the plurality of offset values are The offset value configured by the network device or the offset value predefined in the protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ。In some embodiments, the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。In some embodiments, one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。In some embodiments, the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。In some embodiments, the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。In some embodiments, the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的示意性框图。该网络设备可以为上文描述的任意一种网络设备。该网络设备可以包括发送单元1210。Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The network device can be any of the network devices described above. The network device may include a sending unit 1210.
发送单元1210,用于向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一条件和/或第二条件,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,第一条件和/或第二条件用于进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。Sending unit 1210, configured to send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to determine a first condition and/or a second condition, where the first condition is a location measurement condition, and the second The condition is a signal measurement condition, the first condition and/or the second condition are used to perform mobility management operations, and the first condition and the second condition are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述移动性管理操作包括以下操作中的一种或多种:邻区测量;邻区无线资源管理RRM测量放松;小区选择;小区重选。In some embodiments, the mobility management operation includes one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement; neighbor cell radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation; cell selection; cell reselection.
在一些实施例中,如果所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,和/或,所述第一终端设备对应的第二 条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。In some embodiments, if the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, then the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, And/or, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件相同,或,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件相同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。In some embodiments, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device. The second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device. The second condition corresponding to the device is different.
在一些实施例中,所述第一条件包括位置测量结果和位置测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the first condition includes a relationship between a position measurement result and a position measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限和所述第二终端设备的第二位置测量门限不同。In some embodiments, if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the third position measurement threshold of the second terminal device are The two position measurement thresholds are different.
在一些实施例中,所述第二位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。In some embodiments, the second location measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。In some embodiments, the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包括多个位置测量门限,所述第一位置测量门限基于所述第一终端设备的天线增益和/或极化损失从所述多个位置测量门限中确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes a plurality of location measurement thresholds, and the first location measurement threshold is derived from the plurality of location measurement thresholds based on antenna gain and/or polarization loss of the first terminal device. OK.
在一些实施例中,所述第一位置测量门限由所述第一终端设备基于所述第二位置测量门限以及第一偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the first position measurement threshold is determined by the first terminal device based on the second position measurement threshold and a first offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第一偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the first offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一偏移值基于第一信息确定,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the first offset value is determined based on first information, the first information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the first information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第一偏移值由所述第一终端设备根据所述第一信息从所述多个偏移值中确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the first offset value is determined by the first terminal device from the plurality of offset values according to the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件包括位置测量结果的调整值与位置测量量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between an adjustment value of the position measurement result and a position measurement quantity threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述位置测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的位置测量结果以及第二偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the adjustment value of the position measurement result is determined based on the position measurement result of the first terminal device and the second offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第二偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the second offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第二偏移值基于第二信息确定,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the second offset value is determined based on second information, the second information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the second information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第二偏移值根据所述第二信息从所述多个偏移值中确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the second offset value is determined from the plurality of offset values according to the second information.
在一些实施例中,所述位置测量结果包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备与卫星地面参考点之间的距离;所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的距离;所述第一终端设备相对卫星的角度;所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的传播时延。In some embodiments, the position measurement results include one or more of the following information: the distance between the first terminal device and the satellite ground reference point; the distance between the first terminal device and the satellite ; The angle of the first terminal device relative to the satellite; the propagation delay between the first terminal device and the satellite.
在一些实施例中,所述第二条件包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the second condition includes a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第二信号测量门限不同。In some embodiments, if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the first signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device. The two signal measurement thresholds are different.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。In some embodiments, the second signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。In some embodiments, the first signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, a threshold predefined in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包括多个信号测量门限,所述第一信号测量门限根据所述第一终端设备天线增益和/或极化损失,从所述多个信号测量门限中确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes a plurality of signal measurement thresholds, and the first signal measurement threshold is obtained from the plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss of the first terminal device. OK.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号测量门限根据所述第二信号测量门限以及第三偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the first signal measurement threshold is determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and a third offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第三偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the third offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第三偏移值基于第三信息确定,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多 种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the third offset value is determined based on third information, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第三偏移值根据所述第三信息,从所述多个偏移值中确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the third offset value is determined from the plurality of offset values according to the third information.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收电平值Srxlev,所述Srxlev基于小区最低接收电平值Qrxlevmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin与第二终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin不同;和/或,所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收质量值Squal,所述Squal基于小区最低接收质量值Qqualmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qqualmin与第二终端设备对应的Qqualmin不同,其中,所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与所述第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同。In some embodiments, the signal measurement results include the cell selection reception level value Srxlev, the Srxlev is determined based on the lowest reception level value Qrxlevmin of the cell, the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal device and the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device Different; and/or, the signal measurement result includes the cell selection reception quality value Squal, the Squal is determined based on the lowest reception quality value Qqualmin of the cell, and the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device, Wherein, the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第四偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a fourth offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第四偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the fourth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第四偏移值基于第四信息确定,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第四偏移值基于第四信息确定,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、小区选择接收电平值Srxlev、小区选择接收功率值Squal。In some embodiments, the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, cell selection reception level value Srxlev, cell selection reception power value Squal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。In some embodiments, one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。In some embodiments, the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。In some embodiments, the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。In some embodiments, the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的示意性框图。该网络设备可以为上文描述的任意一种网络设备。该网络设备可以包括发送单元1310。Figure 13 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The network device can be any of the network devices described above. The network device may include a sending unit 1310.
发送单元1310,用于向第一终端发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定信号测量条件,所述信号测量条件用于随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。Sending unit 1310, configured to send second configuration information to the first terminal. The second configuration information is used to determine signal measurement conditions. The signal measurement conditions are used for random access. The signal measurement conditions are consistent with the first Correlated with the antenna processing capabilities of the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述随机接入包括以下操作中的一种或多种:四步随机接入过程中的SSB选择;四步随机接入过程中的CSI-RS选择;两步随机接入中的SSB选择;上行载波的选择;随机接入类型的选择;请求Msg3重复传输;确定是否执行SDT;CG-SDT的SSB选择。In some embodiments, the random access includes one or more of the following operations: SSB selection in a four-step random access process; CSI-RS selection in a four-step random access process; two-step random access. SSB selection in the input; selection of uplink carrier; selection of random access type; requesting Msg3 repeated transmission; determining whether to perform SDT; SSB selection of CG-SDT.
在一些实施例中,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件与所述第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件不同。In some embodiments, if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device are the same as the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device. The measurement conditions are different.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量条件包括所述信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the signal measurement condition includes a relationship between the signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第三信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第四信号测量门限不同。In some embodiments, if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the third signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device. The four signal measurement thresholds are different.
在一些实施例中,所述第四信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。In some embodiments, the fourth signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
在一些实施例中,所述第三信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。In some embodiments, the third signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第二配置信息包括多个信号测量门限,所述第三信号测量门限根据所述第一终端设备的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定。In some embodiments, the second configuration information includes a plurality of signal measurement thresholds, and the third signal measurement threshold is selected from the plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss of the first terminal device. Sure.
在一些实施例中,所述第三信号测量门限基于所述第四信号测量门限以及第五偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the third signal measurement threshold is determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and a fifth offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第五偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述 第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the fifth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第五偏移值基于第五信息确定,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fifth offset value is determined based on fifth information, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device. The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第二配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第五偏移值根据所述第五信息,从多个偏移值中确定。In some embodiments, the second configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the fifth offset value is determined from the plurality of offset values according to the fifth information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件包括所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。In some embodiments, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device include the relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the signal measurement threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第六偏移值确定。In some embodiments, the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the sixth offset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第六偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。In some embodiments, the sixth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or an offset value predefined in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第六偏移值基于第六信息确定,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the sixth offset value is determined based on sixth information, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the antenna gain of the first terminal device, the first terminal device Polarization loss of equipment, compensation value of network equipment configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。In some embodiments, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, the polarity of the first terminal device The difference between the polarization loss and the polarization loss reference value, the compensation value of the network device configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第二配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第六偏移值根据所述第六信息,从多个偏移值中确定。In some embodiments, the second configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the sixth offset value is determined from the plurality of offset values according to the sixth information.
在一些实施例中,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ。In some embodiments, the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。In some embodiments, one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。In some embodiments, the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。In some embodiments, the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, and there is no polarization loss.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。In some embodiments, the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
图14是本申请实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图。图14中的虚线表示该单元或模块为可选的。该装置1400可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法。装置1400可以是芯片、终端设备或网络设备。Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The dashed line in Figure 14 indicates that the unit or module is optional. The device 1400 can be used to implement the method described in the above method embodiment. Device 1400 may be a chip, terminal device or network device.
装置1400可以包括一个或多个处理器1410。该处理器1410可支持装置1400实现前文方法实施例所描述的方法。该处理器1410可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器。例如,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)。或者,该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。Apparatus 1400 may include one or more processors 1410. The processor 1410 can support the device 1400 to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments. The processor 1410 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU). Alternatively, the processor can also be another general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) Or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
装置1400还可以包括一个或多个存储器1420。存储器1420上存储有程序,该程序可以被处理器1410执行,使得处理器1410执行前文方法实施例所描述的方法。存储器1420可以独立于处理器1410也可以集成在处理器1410中。Apparatus 1400 may also include one or more memories 1420. The memory 1420 stores a program, which can be executed by the processor 1410, so that the processor 1410 executes the method described in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 1420 may be independent of the processor 1410 or integrated in the processor 1410.
装置1400还可以包括收发器1430。处理器1410可以通过收发器1430与其他设备或芯片进行通信。例如,处理器1410可以通过收发器1430与其他设备或芯片进行数据收发。Apparatus 1400 may also include a transceiver 1430. Processor 1410 may communicate with other devices or chips through transceiver 1430. For example, the processor 1410 can transmit and receive data with other devices or chips through the transceiver 1430.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储程序。该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例提供的终端或网络设备中,并且该程序使得计算机执行本申请各个实施例中的由终端或网络设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a program. The computer-readable storage medium can be applied in the terminal or network device provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the program causes the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or network device in various embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品。该计算机程序产品包括程序。该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例提供的终端或网络设备中,并且该程序使得计算机执行本申请各个实施例中的由终端或网络设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes a program. The computer program product can be applied in the terminal or network device provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the program causes the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or network device in various embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序。该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例提供的终端或网络设备中,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请各个实施例中的由终端或网络设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program. The computer program can be applied to the terminal or network device provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or network device in various embodiments of the present application.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理 解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined based on A. But it should also be understood that determining B based on A does not mean determining B only based on A. B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. , there are three situations of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够读取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字通用光盘(digital video disc,DVD))或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be read by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (e.g., digital video discs (DVD)) or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks (SSD) )wait.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (280)

  1. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of wireless communication, characterized by including:
    第一终端设备基于第一条件和/或第二条件,进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。The first terminal device performs a mobility management operation based on a first condition and/or a second condition, the first condition being a location measurement condition, the second condition being a signal measurement condition, the first condition and the third condition The second condition is associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动性管理操作包括以下操作中的一种或多种:邻区测量;邻区无线资源管理RRM测量放松;小区选择;小区重选。The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the mobility management operation includes one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement; neighbor cell radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation; cell selection; cell reselection.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,和/或,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that if the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, then the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second terminal device. The first condition corresponding to the terminal device is different, and/or the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件相同,或,The method of claim 3, wherein the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device. The second conditions corresponding to the second terminal device are the same, or,
    所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件相同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。The first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括位置测量结果和位置测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first condition includes a relationship between a position measurement result and a position measurement threshold.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限和所述第二终端设备的第二位置测量门限不同。The method according to claim 5, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the The second position measurement threshold of the second terminal device is different.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The method of claim 6, wherein the second location measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device is a threshold configured by a network device, or a predefined threshold in a protocol, or the first terminal device calculates threshold.
  9. 根据权利要求6-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 6-8, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个位置测量门限中确定所述第一位置测量门限,所述多个位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限或协议中预定义的门限。The first terminal device determines the first position measurement threshold from a plurality of position measurement thresholds based on antenna gain and/or polarization loss. The plurality of position measurement thresholds are thresholds configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. threshold.
  10. 根据权利要求6-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一位置测量门限由所述第一终端设备基于所述第二位置测量门限以及第一偏移值确定。The method according to any one of claims 6-8, characterized in that the first position measurement threshold is determined by the first terminal device based on the second position measurement threshold and a first offset value.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the first offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or an offset value predefined in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一偏移值基于第一信息确定,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the first offset value is determined based on first information, the first information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 12, wherein the first information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第一偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。The first terminal device determines the first offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the first information, and the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. offset value.
  15. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件包括位置测量结果的调整值与位置测量量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between the adjustment value of the position measurement result and the position measurement quantity threshold.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的位置测量结果以及第二偏移值确定。The method of claim 15, wherein the adjustment value of the position measurement result is determined based on the position measurement result of the first terminal device and the second offset value.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method of claim 16, wherein the second offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or an offset value predefined in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二偏移值基于第二信息确定,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that the second offset value is determined based on second information, the second information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method of claim 18, wherein the second information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18 or 19, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第二信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第二偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。The first terminal device determines the second offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the second information, and the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. offset value.
  21. 根据权利要求5-20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置测量结果包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The method according to any one of claims 5-20, characterized in that the position measurement result includes one or more of the following information:
    所述第一终端设备与卫星地面参考点之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite ground reference point;
    所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite;
    所述第一终端设备相对卫星的角度;The angle of the first terminal device relative to the satellite;
    所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的传播时延。The propagation delay between the first terminal device and the satellite.
  22. 根据权利要求1-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 1-21, characterized in that the second condition includes a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第二信号测量门限不同。The method according to claim 22, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device. The second signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device is different.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The method of claim 23, wherein the second signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The method according to claim 23 or 24, characterized in that the first signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, or a threshold predefined in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  26. 根据权利要求23-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23-25, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定所述第一信号测量门限,所述多个信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限或协议中预定义的门限。The first terminal device determines the first signal measurement threshold from multiple signal measurement thresholds based on antenna gain and/or polarization loss. The multiple signal measurement thresholds are thresholds configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. threshold.
  27. 根据权利要求23-25中任一项中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号测量门限根据所述第二信号测量门限以及第三偏移值确定。The method according to any one of claims 23-25, wherein the first signal measurement threshold is determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and a third offset value.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method of claim 27, wherein the third offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or an offset value predefined in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三偏移值基于第三信息确定,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 27 or 28, characterized in that the third offset value is determined based on third information, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method of claim 29, wherein the third information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 29 or 30, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第三信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第三偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。The first terminal device determines the third offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the third information, and the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. offset value.
  32. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收电平值Srxlev,所述Srxlev基于小区最低接收电平值Qrxlevmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin与第二终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin不同;和/或,The method according to claim 22, characterized in that the signal measurement result includes a cell selection reception level value Srxlev, the Srxlev is determined based on the lowest reception level value Qrxlevmin of the cell, and the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal device is The Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device is different; and/or,
    所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收质量值Squal,所述Squal基于小区最低接收质量值Qqualmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qqualmin与第二终端设备对应的Qqualmin不同,The signal measurement result includes the cell selection reception quality value Squal, the Squal is determined based on the lowest reception quality value Qqualmin of the cell, and the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device,
    其中,所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与所述第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同。Wherein, the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device.
  33. 根据权利要求1-32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 1-32, characterized in that the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第四偏移值确定。The method of claim 33, wherein the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a fourth offset value.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method of claim 34, wherein the fourth offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值基于第四信息确定,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 34 or 35, characterized in that the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method of claim 36, wherein the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 36 or 37, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第四信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第四偏移值,所述多个偏移值为 网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。The first terminal device determines the fourth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the fourth information, and the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. offset value.
  39. 根据权利要求22-38中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、小区选择接收电平值Srxlev、小区选择接收功率值Squal。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 38, characterized in that the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, cell selection received power The flat value Srxlev and the cell selection received power value Squal.
  40. 根据权利要求3-4、6-14、23-32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。The method according to any one of claims 3-4, 6-14, and 23-32, characterized in that one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device Differences: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。The method of claim 40, wherein the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。The method according to claim 40 or 41, characterized in that the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, no Polarization loss.
  43. 根据权利要求1-42中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。The method according to any one of claims 1-42, characterized in that the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  44. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of wireless communication, characterized by including:
    第一终端设备基于信号测量条件,进行随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。The first terminal device performs random access based on signal measurement conditions, and the signal measurement conditions are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的方法,其特征在于,所述随机接入包括以下操作中的一种或多种:The method according to claim 44, wherein the random access includes one or more of the following operations:
    四步随机接入过程中的同步信号块SSB选择;Synchronization signal block SSB selection in the four-step random access process;
    四步随机接入过程中的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS选择;Channel state information reference signal CSI-RS selection in the four-step random access process;
    两步随机接入中的SSB选择;SSB selection in two-step random access;
    上行载波的选择;Selection of uplink carrier;
    随机接入类型的选择;Selection of random access type;
    请求消息Msg3重复传输;Request message Msg3 for repeated transmission;
    确定是否执行小数据传输SDT;Determine whether to perform small data transfer SDT;
    配置授权CG-SDT的SSB选择。Configure SSB selection for authorized CG-SDT.
  46. 根据权利要求44或45所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件与所述第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件不同。The method according to claim 44 or 45, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device are different from those of the second terminal device. The signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device are different.
  47. 根据权利要求44-46中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量条件包括所述信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 44 to 46, wherein the signal measurement condition includes a relationship between the signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第三信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第四信号测量门限不同。The method according to claim 47, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device. The fourth signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device is different.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The method of claim 48, wherein the fourth signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device.
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The method according to claim 48 or 49, characterized in that the third signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, or a threshold predefined in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  51. 根据权利要求48-50中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 48-50, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定所述第三信号测量门限,所述多个信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限或协议中预定义的门限。The first terminal device determines the third signal measurement threshold from a plurality of signal measurement thresholds based on antenna gain and/or polarization loss. The plurality of signal measurement thresholds are thresholds configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. threshold.
  52. 根据权利要求48-50中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信号测量门限基于所述第四信号测量门限以及第五偏移值确定。The method according to any one of claims 48-50, wherein the third signal measurement threshold is determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and a fifth offset value.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method of claim 52, wherein the fifth offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or an offset value predefined in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  54. 根据权利要求52或53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五偏移值基于第五信息确定,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 52 or 53, characterized in that the fifth offset value is determined based on fifth information, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method of claim 54, wherein the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  56. 根据权利要求54或55所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 54 or 55, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第五信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第五偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。The first terminal device determines the fifth offset value from a plurality of offset values based on the fifth information. The plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. offset value.
  57. 根据权利要求44-46中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量 条件包括所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 44 to 46, characterized in that the signal measurement condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes an adjustment value of the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a signal measurement threshold. Relationship.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第六偏移值确定。The method of claim 57, wherein the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a sixth offset value.
  59. 根据权利要求57或58所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method according to claim 57 or 58, characterized in that the sixth offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. offset value.
  60. 根据权利要求58或59所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六偏移值基于第六信息确定,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 58 or 59, characterized in that the sixth offset value is determined based on sixth information, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method of claim 60, wherein the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  62. 根据权利要求60或61所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 60 or 61, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第六信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第六偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。The first terminal device determines the sixth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the sixth information, and the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. offset value.
  63. 根据权利要求47-62中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ。The method according to any one of claims 47 to 62, characterized in that the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ.
  64. 根据权利要求46、48-56中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。The method according to any one of claims 46 and 48-56, characterized in that one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, Polarization loss, antenna gain.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。The method of claim 64, wherein the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
  66. 根据权利要求64或65所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。The method according to claim 64 or 65, characterized in that the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, no Polarization loss.
  67. 根据权利要求44-66中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。The method according to any one of claims 44 to 66, characterized in that the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  68. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of wireless communication, characterized by including:
    网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一条件和/或第二条件,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,第一条件和/或第二条件用于进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。The network device sends first configuration information to the first terminal device. The first configuration information is used to determine a first condition and/or a second condition. The first condition is a position measurement condition, and the second condition is a signal measurement condition. Conditions, the first condition and/or the second condition are used to perform mobility management operations, and the first condition and the second condition are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动性管理操作包括以下操作中的一种或多种:邻区测量;邻区无线资源管理RRM测量放松;小区选择;小区重选。The method according to claim 68, characterized in that the mobility management operation includes one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement; neighbor cell radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation; cell selection; cell reselection.
  70. 根据权利要求68或69所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,和/或,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。The method according to claim 68 or 69, characterized in that if the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, then the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as that of the second terminal device. The first condition corresponding to the terminal device is different, and/or the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件相同,或,The method of claim 70, wherein the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device. The second conditions corresponding to the second terminal device are the same, or,
    所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件相同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。The first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  72. 根据权利要求68-71中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括位置测量结果和位置测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 68 to 71, wherein the first condition includes a relationship between a position measurement result and a position measurement threshold.
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限和所述第二终端设备的第二位置测量门限不同。The method according to claim 72, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device and the The second position measurement threshold of the second terminal device is different.
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The method of claim 73, wherein the second location measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device.
  75. 根据权利要求73或74所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The method according to claim 73 or 74, characterized in that the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device is a threshold configured by a network device, or a predefined threshold in a protocol, or the first terminal device calculates threshold.
  76. 根据权利要求73-75中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个位置测量门限,所述第一位置测量门限基于所述第一终端设备的天线增益和/或极化损失从所述多个位置测量门限中确定。The method according to any one of claims 73-75, characterized in that the first configuration information includes a plurality of position measurement thresholds, the first position measurement threshold is based on the antenna gain of the first terminal device and /or polarization loss is determined from the plurality of position measurement thresholds.
  77. 根据权利要求73-75中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一位置测量门限由所述第一终端设备基于所述第二位置测量门限以及第一偏移值确定。The method according to any one of claims 73-75, wherein the first position measurement threshold is determined by the first terminal device based on the second position measurement threshold and a first offset value.
  78. 根据权利要求77所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协 议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method of claim 77, wherein the first offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or an offset value predefined in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  79. 根据权利要求77或78所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一偏移值基于第一信息确定,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 77 or 78, characterized in that the first offset value is determined based on first information, the first information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 79, wherein the first information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  81. 根据权利要求79或80所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第一偏移值由所述第一终端设备根据所述第一信息从所述多个偏移值中确定。The method according to claim 79 or 80, characterized in that the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the first offset value is obtained by the first terminal device according to the first information. Determined from the above multiple offset values.
  82. 根据权利要求68-71中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件包括位置测量结果的调整值与位置测量量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 68 to 71, characterized in that the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between the adjustment value of the position measurement result and the position measurement quantity threshold.
  83. 根据权利要求82所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的位置测量结果以及第二偏移值确定。The method of claim 82, wherein the adjustment value of the position measurement result is determined based on the position measurement result of the first terminal device and the second offset value.
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method according to claim 83, characterized in that the second offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or an offset value predefined in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  85. 根据权利要求83或84所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二偏移值基于第二信息确定,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 83 or 84, characterized in that the second offset value is determined based on second information, the second information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 85, characterized in that the second information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  87. 根据权利要求85或86所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第二偏移值根据所述第二信息从所述多个偏移值中确定。The method according to claim 85 or 86, characterized in that the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the second offset value is selected from the plurality of offset values according to the second information. Sure.
  88. 根据权利要求72-87中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置测量结果包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The method according to any one of claims 72-87, wherein the position measurement result includes one or more of the following information:
    所述第一终端设备与卫星地面参考点之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite ground reference point;
    所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite;
    所述第一终端设备相对卫星的角度;The angle of the first terminal device relative to the satellite;
    所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的传播时延。The propagation delay between the first terminal device and the satellite.
  89. 根据权利要求68-88中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 68 to 88, wherein the second condition includes a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  90. 根据权利要求89所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第二信号测量门限不同。The method according to claim 89, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device. The second signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device is different.
  91. 根据权利要求90所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The method of claim 90, wherein the second signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device.
  92. 根据权利要求90或91所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The method according to claim 90 or 91, characterized in that the first signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, or a threshold predefined in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  93. 根据权利要求90-92中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个信号测量门限,所述第一信号测量门限根据所述第一终端设备天线增益和/或极化损失,从所述多个信号测量门限中确定。The method according to any one of claims 90-92, characterized in that the first configuration information includes a plurality of signal measurement thresholds, and the first signal measurement threshold is based on the antenna gain of the first terminal device and/or or polarization loss, determined from the plurality of signal measurement thresholds.
  94. 根据权利要求90-92中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号测量门限根据所述第二信号测量门限以及第三偏移值确定。The method according to any one of claims 90-92, wherein the first signal measurement threshold is determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and a third offset value.
  95. 根据权利要求94所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method of claim 94, wherein the third offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  96. 根据权利要求94或95所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三偏移值基于第三信息确定,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 94 or 95, characterized in that the third offset value is determined based on third information, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  97. 根据权利要求96所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 96, characterized in that the third information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  98. 根据权利要求96或97所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第三偏移值根据所述第三信息,从所述多个偏移值中确定。The method according to claim 96 or 97, characterized in that the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the third offset value is obtained from the plurality of offset values according to the third information. OK.
  99. 根据权利要求89所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收电平值Srxlev,所述Srxlev基于小区最低接收电平值Qrxlevmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin与第二终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin不同;和/或,The method according to claim 89, characterized in that the signal measurement result includes a cell selection reception level value Srxlev, the Srxlev is determined based on the lowest reception level value Qrxlevmin of the cell, and the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal device is The Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device is different; and/or,
    所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收质量值Squal,所述Squal基于小区最低接收质量值Qqualmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qqualmin与第二终端设备对应的Qqualmin不同,The signal measurement result includes the cell selection reception quality value Squal, the Squal is determined based on the lowest reception quality value Qqualmin of the cell, and the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device,
    其中,所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与所述第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同。Wherein, the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device.
  100. 根据权利要求68-99中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 68 to 99, characterized in that the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between the adjustment value of the signal measurement result and the signal measurement threshold.
  101. 根据权利要求100所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第四偏移值确定。The method according to claim 100, characterized in that the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a fourth offset value.
  102. 根据权利要求101所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method of claim 101, wherein the fourth offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  103. 根据权利要求101或102所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值基于第四信息确定,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 101 or 102, characterized in that the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  104. 根据权利要求103所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method of claim 103, wherein the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  105. 根据权利要求103或104所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值基于第四信息确定,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 103 or 104, characterized in that the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  106. 根据权利要求89-105中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、小区选择接收电平值Srxlev、小区选择接收功率值Squal。The method according to any one of claims 89-105, characterized in that the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, cell selection received power The flat value Srxlev and the cell selection received power value Squal.
  107. 根据权利要求70-71、73-81、90-99中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。The method according to any one of claims 70-71, 73-81, 90-99, characterized in that one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device Differences: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
  108. 根据权利要求107所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。The method of claim 107, wherein the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
  109. 根据权利要求107或108所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。The method according to claim 107 or 108, characterized in that the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, no Polarization loss.
  110. 根据权利要求68-109中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。The method according to any one of claims 68 to 109, characterized in that the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  111. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of wireless communication, characterized by including:
    网络设备向第一终端发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定信号测量条件,所述信号测量条件用于随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。The network device sends second configuration information to the first terminal. The second configuration information is used to determine signal measurement conditions. The signal measurement conditions are used for random access. The signal measurement conditions are related to the antenna of the first terminal device. Processing power is associated.
  112. 根据权利要求111所述的方法,其特征在于,所述随机接入包括以下操作中的一种或多种:The method according to claim 111, wherein the random access includes one or more of the following operations:
    四步随机接入过程中的同步信号块SSB选择;Synchronization signal block SSB selection in the four-step random access process;
    四步随机接入过程中的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS选择;Channel state information reference signal CSI-RS selection in the four-step random access process;
    两步随机接入中的SSB选择;SSB selection in two-step random access;
    上行载波的选择;Selection of uplink carrier;
    随机接入类型的选择;Selection of random access type;
    请求消息Msg3重复传输;Request message Msg3 for repeated transmission;
    确定是否执行小数据传输SDT;Determine whether to perform small data transfer SDT;
    配置授权CG-SDT的SSB选择。Configure SSB selection for authorized CG-SDT.
  113. 根据权利要求111或112所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件与所述第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件不同。The method according to claim 111 or 112, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the signal measurement condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as that of the second terminal device. The signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device are different.
  114. 根据权利要求111-113中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量条件包括所述信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 111 to 113, wherein the signal measurement condition includes a relationship between the signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  115. 根据权利要求114所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第三信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第四信号测量门限不同。The method according to claim 114, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device. The fourth signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device is different.
  116. 根据权利要求115所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The method of claim 115, wherein the fourth signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device.
  117. 根据权利要求115或116所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The method according to claim 115 or 116, characterized in that the third signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, or a threshold predefined in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  118. 根据权利要求115-117中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二配置信息包括多个信号测量门限,所述第三信号测量门限根据所述第一终端设备的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定。The method according to any one of claims 115 to 117, characterized in that the second configuration information includes a plurality of signal measurement thresholds, and the third signal measurement threshold is based on the antenna gain and the antenna gain of the first terminal device. /or polarization loss, determined from multiple signal measurement thresholds.
  119. 根据权利要求115-117中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信号测量门限基于所述第四信号测量门限以及第五偏移值确定。The method according to any one of claims 115 to 117, wherein the third signal measurement threshold is determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and a fifth offset value.
  120. 根据权利要求119所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method of claim 119, wherein the fifth offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset calculated by the first terminal device. value.
  121. 根据权利要求119或120所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五偏移值基于第五信息确定,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 119 or 120, characterized in that the fifth offset value is determined based on fifth information, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  122. 根据权利要求121所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method of claim 121, wherein the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  123. 根据权利要求121或122所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第五偏移值根据所述第五信息,从多个偏移值中确定。The method according to claim 121 or 122, characterized in that the second configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the fifth offset value is determined from a plurality of offset values according to the fifth information. .
  124. 根据权利要求111-113中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件包括所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。The method according to any one of claims 111 to 113, characterized in that the signal measurement condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes an adjustment value of the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a signal measurement threshold. Relationship.
  125. 根据权利要求124所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第六偏移值确定。The method of claim 124, wherein the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a sixth offset value.
  126. 根据权利要求124或125所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The method according to claim 124 or 125, characterized in that the sixth offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. offset value.
  127. 根据权利要求125或126所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六偏移值基于第六信息确定,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 125 or 126, characterized in that the sixth offset value is determined based on sixth information, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal device The antenna gain, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value configured by the network device.
  128. 根据权利要求127所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The method according to claim 127, wherein the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  129. 根据权利要求127或128所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第六偏移值根据所述第六信息,从多个偏移值中确定。The method according to claim 127 or 128, characterized in that the second configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the sixth offset value is determined from a plurality of offset values according to the sixth information. .
  130. 根据权利要求114-129中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ。The method according to any one of claims 114 to 129, wherein the signal measurement result includes one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ.
  131. 根据权利要求113、115-123中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。The method according to any one of claims 113 and 115-123, characterized in that one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type, Polarization loss, antenna gain.
  132. 根据权利要求131所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。The method of claim 131, wherein the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss.
  133. 根据权利要求131或132所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。The method according to claim 131 or 132, characterized in that the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, no Polarization loss.
  134. 根据权利要求111-133中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。The method according to any one of claims 111-133, characterized in that the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  135. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第一终端设备,包括:A terminal device, characterized in that the terminal device is a first terminal device, including:
    操作单元,用于基于第一条件和/或第二条件,进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。An operating unit configured to perform mobility management operations based on a first condition and/or a second condition, the first condition being a location measurement condition, the second condition being a signal measurement condition, the first condition and the The second condition is associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  136. 根据权利要求135所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述移动性管理操作包括以下操作中的一种或多种:邻区测量;邻区无线资源管理RRM测量放松;小区选择;小区重选。The terminal device according to claim 135, wherein the mobility management operation includes one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement; neighbor cell radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation; cell selection; cell reselection. .
  137. 根据权利要求135或136所述的终端设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,和/或,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。The terminal device according to claim 135 or 136, characterized in that if the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition of the second terminal device. The first condition corresponding to the two terminal devices is different, and/or the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  138. 根据权利要求137所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述 第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件相同,或,The terminal device according to claim 137, characterized in that the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device The second condition corresponding to the second terminal device is the same, or,
    所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件相同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。The first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  139. 根据权利要求135-138中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括位置测量结果和位置测量门限之间的关系。The terminal device according to any one of claims 135 to 138, wherein the first condition includes a relationship between a position measurement result and a position measurement threshold.
  140. 根据权利要求139所述的终端设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限和所述第二终端设备的第二位置测量门限不同。The terminal device according to claim 139, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the first position measurement threshold sum of the first terminal device The second position measurement thresholds of the second terminal device are different.
  141. 根据权利要求140所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The terminal device according to claim 140, characterized in that the second position measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device.
  142. 根据权利要求140或141所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The terminal device according to claim 140 or 141, characterized in that the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device is a threshold configured by a network device, or a predefined threshold in a protocol, or the first terminal device calculated threshold.
  143. 根据权利要求140-142中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to any one of claims 140-142, characterized in that the terminal device further includes:
    确定单元,用于根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个位置测量门限中确定所述第一位置测量门限,所述多个位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限或协议中预定义的门限。Determining unit, configured to determine the first position measurement threshold from a plurality of position measurement thresholds according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss. The plurality of position measurement thresholds are thresholds configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. Threshold.
  144. 根据权利要求140-142中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一位置测量门限由所述第一终端设备基于所述第二位置测量门限以及第一偏移值确定。The terminal device according to any one of claims 140 to 142, wherein the first position measurement threshold is determined by the first terminal device based on the second position measurement threshold and a first offset value.
  145. 根据权利要求144所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The terminal device according to claim 144, wherein the first offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  146. 根据权利要求144或145所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一偏移值基于第一信息确定,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 144 or 145, wherein the first offset value is determined based on first information, and the first information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  147. 根据权利要求146所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 146, wherein the first information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  148. 根据权利要求146或147所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 146 or 147, characterized in that the terminal device further includes:
    确定单元,用于根据所述第一信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第一偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。Determining unit, configured to determine the first offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the first information, the plurality of offset values being offset values configured by the network device or predefined offsets in the protocol. Shift value.
  149. 根据权利要求135-138中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件包括位置测量结果的调整值与位置测量量门限之间的关系。The terminal device according to any one of claims 135 to 138, wherein the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between the adjustment value of the position measurement result and the position measurement quantity threshold.
  150. 根据权利要求149所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述位置测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的位置测量结果以及第二偏移值确定。The terminal device according to claim 149, wherein the adjustment value of the position measurement result is determined based on the position measurement result of the first terminal device and the second offset value.
  151. 根据权利要求150所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The terminal device according to claim 150, characterized in that the second offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  152. 根据权利要求150或151所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二偏移值基于第二信息确定,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 150 or 151, characterized in that the second offset value is determined based on second information, the second information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  153. 根据权利要求152所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 152, wherein the second information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  154. 根据权利要求152或153所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 152 or 153, characterized in that the terminal device further includes:
    确定单元,用于根据所述第二信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第二偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。A determining unit configured to determine the second offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the second information, where the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined offsets in the protocol. Shift value.
  155. 根据权利要求139-154中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述位置测量结果包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The terminal device according to any one of claims 139-154, characterized in that the position measurement result includes one or more of the following information:
    所述第一终端设备与卫星地面参考点之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite ground reference point;
    所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite;
    所述第一终端设备相对卫星的角度;The angle of the first terminal device relative to the satellite;
    所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的传播时延。The propagation delay between the first terminal device and the satellite.
  156. 根据权利要求135-155中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。The terminal device according to any one of claims 135 to 155, wherein the second condition includes a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  157. 根据权利要求156所述的终端设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第二信号测量门限不同。The terminal device according to claim 156, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device. The second signal measurement thresholds of the second terminal equipment are different.
  158. 根据权利要求157所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The terminal device according to claim 157, characterized in that the second signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device.
  159. 根据权利要求157或158所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The terminal device according to claim 157 or 158, wherein the first signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, a threshold predefined in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  160. 根据权利要求157-159中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to any one of claims 157-159, characterized in that the terminal device further includes:
    确定单元,用于根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定所述第一信号测量门限,所述多个信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限或协议中预定义的门限。A determining unit configured to determine the first signal measurement threshold from a plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss. The plurality of signal measurement thresholds are thresholds configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. Threshold.
  161. 根据权利要求157-159中任一项中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一信号测量门限根据所述第二信号测量门限以及第三偏移值确定。The terminal device according to any one of claims 157-159, wherein the first signal measurement threshold is determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and a third offset value.
  162. 根据权利要求161所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第三偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The terminal device according to claim 161, characterized in that the third offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  163. 根据权利要求161或162所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第三偏移值基于第三信息确定,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 161 or 162, characterized in that the third offset value is determined based on third information, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  164. 根据权利要求163所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 163, wherein the third information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  165. 根据权利要求163或164所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 163 or 164, characterized in that the terminal device further includes:
    确定单元,用于根据所述第三信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第三偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。A determining unit configured to determine the third offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the third information, where the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined offsets in the protocol. Shift value.
  166. 根据权利要求156所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收电平值Srxlev,所述Srxlev基于小区最低接收电平值Qrxlevmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin与第二终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin不同;和/或,The terminal equipment according to claim 156, characterized in that the signal measurement result includes a cell selection reception level value Srxlev, the Srxlev is determined based on the lowest reception level value Qrxlevmin of the cell, and the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal equipment Different from the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device; and/or,
    所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收质量值Squal,所述Squal基于小区最低接收质量值Qqualmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qqualmin与第二终端设备对应的Qqualmin不同,The signal measurement result includes the cell selection reception quality value Squal, the Squal is determined based on the lowest reception quality value Qqualmin of the cell, and the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device,
    其中,所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与所述第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同。Wherein, the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device.
  167. 根据权利要求135-166中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。The terminal device according to any one of claims 135 to 166, wherein the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between an adjustment value of a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  168. 根据权利要求167所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第四偏移值确定。The terminal device according to claim 167, wherein the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a fourth offset value.
  169. 根据权利要求168所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The terminal device according to claim 168, characterized in that the fourth offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  170. 根据权利要求168或169所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值基于第四信息确定,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 168 or 169, characterized in that the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  171. 根据权利要求170所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 170, wherein the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  172. 根据权利要求170或171所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 170 or 171, characterized in that the terminal device further includes:
    确定单元,用于根据所述第四信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第四偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。A determining unit configured to determine the fourth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the fourth information, where the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined offsets in the protocol. Shift value.
  173. 根据权利要求156-172中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、小区选择接收电平值Srxlev、小区选择接收功率值Squal。The terminal equipment according to any one of claims 156-172, characterized in that the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, cell selection reception Level value Srxlev, cell selection received power value Squal.
  174. 根据权利要求137-138、140-148、157-166中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。The terminal device according to any one of claims 137-138, 140-148, 157-166, characterized in that one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device Differences: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
  175. 根据权利要求174所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。The terminal device according to claim 174, characterized in that the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss. .
  176. 根据权利要求174或175所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中 的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。The terminal device according to claim 174 or 175, characterized in that the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, There is no loss of polarization.
  177. 根据权利要求135-176中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。The terminal device according to any one of claims 135-176, characterized in that the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  178. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第一终端设备,包括:A terminal device, characterized in that the terminal device is a first terminal device, including:
    执行单元,用于基于信号测量条件,进行随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。An execution unit configured to perform random access based on signal measurement conditions, where the signal measurement conditions are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  179. 根据权利要求178所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述随机接入包括以下操作中的一种或多种:The terminal device according to claim 178, wherein the random access includes one or more of the following operations:
    四步随机接入过程中的同步信号块SSB选择;Synchronization signal block SSB selection in the four-step random access process;
    四步随机接入过程中的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS选择;Channel state information reference signal CSI-RS selection in the four-step random access process;
    两步随机接入中的SSB选择;SSB selection in two-step random access;
    上行载波的选择;Selection of uplink carrier;
    随机接入类型的选择;Selection of random access type;
    请求消息Msg3重复传输;Request message Msg3 for repeated transmission;
    确定是否执行小数据传输SDT;Determine whether to perform small data transfer SDT;
    配置授权CG-SDT的SSB选择。Configure SSB selection for authorized CG-SDT.
  180. 根据权利要求178或179所述的终端设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件与所述第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件不同。The terminal device according to claim 178 or 179, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device The signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device are different.
  181. 根据权利要求178-180中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量条件包括所述信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。The terminal device according to any one of claims 178 to 180, wherein the signal measurement condition includes a relationship between the signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  182. 根据权利要求181所述的终端设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第三信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第四信号测量门限不同。The terminal device according to claim 181, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device. The fourth signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device is different.
  183. 根据权利要求182所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第四信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The terminal device according to claim 182, wherein the fourth signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device.
  184. 根据权利要求182或183所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第三信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The terminal device according to claim 182 or 183, wherein the third signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by a network device, a predefined threshold in a protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  185. 根据权利要求182-184中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to any one of claims 182-184, characterized in that the terminal device further includes:
    确定单元,用于根据天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定所述第三信号测量门限,所述多个信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限或协议中预定义的门限。A determining unit configured to determine the third signal measurement threshold from a plurality of signal measurement thresholds according to the antenna gain and/or polarization loss, where the plurality of signal measurement thresholds are thresholds configured by the network device or predefined in the protocol. Threshold.
  186. 根据权利要求182-184中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第三信号测量门限基于所述第四信号测量门限以及第五偏移值确定。The terminal device according to any one of claims 182 to 184, wherein the third signal measurement threshold is determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and a fifth offset value.
  187. 根据权利要求186所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第五偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The terminal device according to claim 186, characterized in that the fifth offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  188. 根据权利要求186或187所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第五偏移值基于第五信息确定,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 186 or 187, characterized in that the fifth offset value is determined based on fifth information, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  189. 根据权利要求188所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 188, wherein the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  190. 根据权利要求188或189所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 188 or 189, characterized in that the terminal device further includes:
    确定单元,用于根据所述第五信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第五偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。A determining unit configured to determine the fifth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the fifth information, where the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined offsets in the protocol. Shift value.
  191. 根据权利要求178-180中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件包括所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。The terminal device according to any one of claims 178-180, wherein the signal measurement condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes the adjustment value of the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the signal measurement threshold. relationship between.
  192. 根据权利要求191所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第六偏移值确定。The terminal device according to claim 191, wherein the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a sixth offset value.
  193. 根据权利要求191或192所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第六偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The terminal device according to claim 191 or 192, characterized in that the sixth offset value is an offset value configured by a network device, or a predefined offset value in a protocol, or the first terminal device calculates offset value.
  194. 根据权利要求192或193所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第六偏移值基于第六信息确定,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极 化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 192 or 193, characterized in that the sixth offset value is determined based on sixth information, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  195. 根据权利要求194所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The terminal device according to claim 194, wherein the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  196. 根据权利要求194或195所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 194 or 195, characterized in that the terminal device further includes:
    确定单元,用于根据所述第六信息,从多个偏移值中确定所述第六偏移值,所述多个偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值或协议中预定义的偏移值。A determining unit configured to determine the sixth offset value from a plurality of offset values according to the sixth information, where the plurality of offset values are offset values configured by the network device or predefined offsets in the protocol. Shift value.
  197. 根据权利要求181-196中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ。The terminal device according to any one of claims 181-196, wherein the signal measurement result includes one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ.
  198. 根据权利要求180、182-190中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。The terminal device according to any one of claims 180 and 182-190, characterized in that one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type , polarization loss, antenna gain.
  199. 根据权利要求198所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。The terminal device according to claim 198, characterized in that the first terminal device satisfies one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss. .
  200. 根据权利要求198或199所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。The terminal device according to claim 198 or 199, characterized in that the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, There is no loss of polarization.
  201. 根据权利要求178-200中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。The terminal device according to any one of claims 178-200, characterized in that the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  202. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, characterized by including:
    发送单元,用于向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一条件和/或第二条件,所述第一条件为位置测量条件,所述第二条件为信号测量条件,第一条件和/或第二条件用于进行移动性管理操作,所述第一条件和所述第二条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。A sending unit, configured to send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to determine a first condition and/or a second condition, where the first condition is a position measurement condition, and the second condition For signal measurement conditions, the first condition and/or the second condition are used to perform mobility management operations, and the first condition and the second condition are associated with the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device.
  203. 根据权利要求202所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述移动性管理操作包括以下操作中的一种或多种:邻区测量;邻区无线资源管理RRM测量放松;小区选择;小区重选。The network device according to claim 202, wherein the mobility management operation includes one or more of the following operations: neighbor cell measurement; neighbor cell radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation; cell selection; cell reselection. .
  204. 根据权利要求202或203所述的网络设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,和/或,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。The network device according to claim 202 or 203, characterized in that if the antenna processing capabilities of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different, the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition of the second terminal device. The first condition corresponding to the two terminal devices is different, and/or the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  205. 根据权利要求204所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件不同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件相同,或,The network device according to claim 204, wherein the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device The second condition corresponding to the second terminal device is the same, or,
    所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第一条件相同,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件与所述第二终端设备对应的第二条件不同。The first condition corresponding to the first terminal device is the same as the first condition corresponding to the second terminal device, and the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the second condition corresponding to the second terminal device.
  206. 根据权利要求202-205中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括位置测量结果和位置测量门限之间的关系。The network device according to any one of claims 202 to 205, wherein the first condition includes a relationship between a location measurement result and a location measurement threshold.
  207. 根据权利要求206所述的网络设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限和所述第二终端设备的第二位置测量门限不同。The network device according to claim 206, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the first position measurement threshold sum of the first terminal device The second position measurement thresholds of the second terminal device are different.
  208. 根据权利要求207所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The network device according to claim 207, characterized in that the second position measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
  209. 根据权利要求207或208所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备的第一位置测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The network device according to claim 207 or 208, characterized in that the first position measurement threshold of the first terminal device is a threshold configured by the network device, or a predefined threshold in the protocol, or the first terminal device calculated threshold.
  210. 根据权利要求207-209中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个位置测量门限,所述第一位置测量门限基于所述第一终端设备的天线增益和/或极化损失从所述多个位置测量门限中确定。The network device according to any one of claims 207-209, wherein the first configuration information includes a plurality of location measurement thresholds, and the first location measurement threshold is based on the antenna gain of the first terminal device. and/or polarization loss is determined from the plurality of position measurement thresholds.
  211. 根据权利要求207-209中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一位置测量门限由所述第一终端设备基于所述第二位置测量门限以及第一偏移值确定。The network device according to any one of claims 207 to 209, wherein the first position measurement threshold is determined by the first terminal device based on the second position measurement threshold and a first offset value.
  212. 根据权利要求211所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The network device according to claim 211, characterized in that the first offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or a predefined offset value in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  213. 根据权利要求211或212所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一偏移值基于第一信息确定,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 211 or 212, wherein the first offset value is determined based on first information, and the first information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  214. 根据权利要求213所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极 化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 213, wherein the first information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  215. 根据权利要求213或214所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第一偏移值由所述第一终端设备根据所述第一信息从所述多个偏移值中确定。The network device according to claim 213 or 214, characterized in that the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the first offset value is obtained by the first terminal device according to the first information. determined among the multiple offset values.
  216. 根据权利要求202-205中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第一条件包括位置测量结果的调整值与位置测量量门限之间的关系。The network device according to any one of claims 202 to 205, wherein the first condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between an adjustment value of a position measurement result and a position measurement amount threshold.
  217. 根据权利要求216所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述位置测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的位置测量结果以及第二偏移值确定。The network device according to claim 216, wherein the adjustment value of the position measurement result is determined based on the position measurement result of the first terminal device and the second offset value.
  218. 根据权利要求217所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The network device according to claim 217, characterized in that the second offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or a predefined offset value in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  219. 根据权利要求217或218所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二偏移值基于第二信息确定,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 217 or 218, characterized in that the second offset value is determined based on second information, the second information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  220. 根据权利要求219所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 219, wherein the second information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  221. 根据权利要求219或220所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第二偏移值根据所述第二信息从所述多个偏移值中确定。The network device according to claim 219 or 220, characterized in that the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the second offset value is obtained from the plurality of offset values according to the second information. OK.
  222. 根据权利要求206-221中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述位置测量结果包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The network device according to any one of claims 206-221, wherein the location measurement result includes one or more of the following information:
    所述第一终端设备与卫星地面参考点之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite ground reference point;
    所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的距离;The distance between the first terminal device and the satellite;
    所述第一终端设备相对卫星的角度;The angle of the first terminal device relative to the satellite;
    所述第一终端设备与卫星之间的传播时延。The propagation delay between the first terminal device and the satellite.
  223. 根据权利要求202-222中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。The network device according to any one of claims 202 to 222, wherein the second condition includes a relationship between a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  224. 根据权利要求223所述的网络设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第一信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第二信号测量门限不同。The network device according to claim 223, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the first signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device. The second signal measurement thresholds of the second terminal equipment are different.
  225. 根据权利要求224所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The network device according to claim 224, wherein the second signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
  226. 根据权利要求224或225所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The network device according to claim 224 or 225, wherein the first signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  227. 根据权利要求224-226中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个信号测量门限,所述第一信号测量门限根据所述第一终端设备天线增益和/或极化损失,从所述多个信号测量门限中确定。The network device according to any one of claims 224-226, characterized in that the first configuration information includes a plurality of signal measurement thresholds, and the first signal measurement threshold is based on the antenna gain of the first terminal device and or loss of polarization, determined from the plurality of signal measurement thresholds.
  228. 根据权利要求224-226中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一信号测量门限根据所述第二信号测量门限以及第三偏移值确定。The network device according to any one of claims 224 to 226, wherein the first signal measurement threshold is determined based on the second signal measurement threshold and a third offset value.
  229. 根据权利要求228所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第三偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The network device according to claim 228, characterized in that the third offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or a predefined offset value in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  230. 根据权利要求228或229所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第三偏移值基于第三信息确定,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 228 or 229, characterized in that the third offset value is determined based on third information, the third information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  231. 根据权利要求230所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 230, wherein the third information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  232. 根据权利要求230或231所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第三偏移值根据所述第三信息,从所述多个偏移值中确定。The network device according to claim 230 or 231, characterized in that the first configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the third offset value is obtained from the plurality of offset values according to the third information. value is determined.
  233. 根据权利要求223所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收电平值Srxlev,所述Srxlev基于小区最低接收电平值Qrxlevmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin与第二终端设备对应的Qrxlevmin不同;和/或,The network device according to claim 223, wherein the signal measurement result includes a cell selection reception level value Srxlev, the Srxlev is determined based on the lowest reception level value Qrxlevmin of the cell, and the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the first terminal device Different from the Qrxlevmin corresponding to the second terminal device; and/or,
    所述信号测量结果包括小区选择接收质量值Squal,所述Squal基于小区最低接收质量值Qqualmin确定,所述第一终端设备对应的Qqualmin与第二终端设备对应的Qqualmin不同,The signal measurement result includes the cell selection reception quality value Squal, the Squal is determined based on the lowest reception quality value Qqualmin of the cell, and the Qqualmin corresponding to the first terminal device is different from the Qqualmin corresponding to the second terminal device,
    其中,所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与所述第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同。Wherein, the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device.
  234. 根据权利要求202-233中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的第二条件包括信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。The network device according to any one of claims 202-233, wherein the second condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes a relationship between an adjustment value of a signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  235. 根据权利要求234所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第四偏移值确定。The network device according to claim 234, wherein the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a fourth offset value.
  236. 根据权利要求235所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The network device according to claim 235, characterized in that the fourth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or a predefined offset value in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  237. 根据权利要求235或236所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值基于第四信息确定,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 235 or 236, characterized in that the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  238. 根据权利要求237所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 237, wherein the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  239. 根据权利要求237或238所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第四偏移值基于第四信息确定,所述第四信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 237 or 238, characterized in that the fourth offset value is determined based on fourth information, the fourth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  240. 根据权利要求202-239中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、小区选择接收电平值Srxlev、小区选择接收功率值Squal。The network device according to any one of claims 202-239, characterized in that the signal measurement results include one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, cell selection reception Level value Srxlev, cell selection received power value Squal.
  241. 根据权利要求204-205、207-215、224-233中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。The network device according to any one of claims 204-205, 207-215, and 224-233, characterized in that one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device Differences: polarization type, polarization loss, antenna gain.
  242. 根据权利要求241所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。The network device according to claim 241, wherein the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss. .
  243. 根据权利要求241或242所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。The network device according to claim 241 or 242, characterized in that the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, There is no loss of polarization.
  244. 根据权利要求202-243中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。The network device according to any one of claims 202-243, characterized in that the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  245. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, characterized by including:
    发送单元,用于向第一终端发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定信号测量条件,所述信号测量条件用于随机接入,所述信号测量条件与所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力相关联。A sending unit, configured to send second configuration information to the first terminal. The second configuration information is used to determine signal measurement conditions. The signal measurement conditions are used for random access. The signal measurement conditions are consistent with the first terminal. Related to the device’s antenna processing capabilities.
  246. 根据权利要求245所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述随机接入包括以下操作中的一种或多种:The network device according to claim 245, wherein the random access includes one or more of the following operations:
    四步随机接入过程中的同步信号块SSB选择;Synchronization signal block SSB selection in the four-step random access process;
    四步随机接入过程中的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS选择;Channel state information reference signal CSI-RS selection in the four-step random access process;
    两步随机接入中的SSB选择;SSB selection in two-step random access;
    上行载波的选择;Selection of uplink carrier;
    随机接入类型的选择;Selection of random access type;
    请求消息Msg3重复传输;Request message Msg3 for repeated transmission;
    确定是否执行小数据传输SDT;Determine whether to perform small data transfer SDT;
    配置授权CG-SDT的SSB选择。Configure SSB selection for authorized CG-SDT.
  247. 根据权利要求245或246所述的网络设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件与所述第二终端设备对应的信号测量条件不同。The network device according to claim 245 or 246, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, the signal measurement conditions corresponding to the first terminal device The signal measurement conditions corresponding to the second terminal device are different.
  248. 根据权利要求245-247中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量条件包括所述信号测量结果与信号测量门限之间的关系。The network device according to any one of claims 245 to 247, wherein the signal measurement condition includes a relationship between the signal measurement result and a signal measurement threshold.
  249. 根据权利要求248所述的网络设备,其特征在于,如果所述第一终端设备的天线处理能力与第二终端设备的天线处理能力不同,则所述第一终端设备的第三信号测量门限与所述第二终端设备的第四信号测量门限不同。The network device according to claim 248, characterized in that if the antenna processing capability of the first terminal device is different from the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device, then the third signal measurement threshold of the first terminal device is the same as the antenna processing capability of the second terminal device. The fourth signal measurement threshold of the second terminal device is different.
  250. 根据权利要求249所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第四信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限。The network device according to claim 249, wherein the fourth signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device.
  251. 根据权利要求249或250所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第三信号测量门限为网络设备配置的门限,或协议中预定义的门限,或所述第一终端设备计算的门限。The network device according to claim 249 or 250, wherein the third signal measurement threshold is a threshold configured by the network device, or a threshold predefined in the protocol, or a threshold calculated by the first terminal device.
  252. 根据权利要求249-251中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二配置信息包括多个信号测量门限,所述第三信号测量门限根据所述第一终端设备的天线增益和/或极化损失,从多个信号测量门限中确定。The network device according to any one of claims 249-251, wherein the second configuration information includes a plurality of signal measurement thresholds, and the third signal measurement threshold is based on the antenna gain of the first terminal device. and/or polarization loss, determined from multiple signal measurement thresholds.
  253. 根据权利要求249-251中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第三信号测量门限基于所述第四信号测量门限以及第五偏移值确定。The network device according to any one of claims 249-251, wherein the third signal measurement threshold is determined based on the fourth signal measurement threshold and a fifth offset value.
  254. 根据权利要求253所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第五偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The network device according to claim 253, characterized in that the fifth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or a predefined offset value in the protocol, or an offset value calculated by the first terminal device. Shift value.
  255. 根据权利要求253或254所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第五偏移值基于第五信息确定,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 253 or 254, characterized in that the fifth offset value is determined based on fifth information, the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  256. 根据权利要求255所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 255, wherein the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  257. 根据权利要求255或256所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第五偏移值根据所述第五信息,从多个偏移值中确定。The network device according to claim 255 or 256, characterized in that the second configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the fifth offset value is selected from the plurality of offset values according to the fifth information. Sure.
  258. 根据权利要求245-247中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备对应的信号测量条件包括所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果的调整值与信号测量门限之间的关系。The network device according to any one of claims 245-247, characterized in that the signal measurement condition corresponding to the first terminal device includes the adjustment value of the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and the signal measurement threshold. relationship between.
  259. 根据权利要求258所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果的调整值基于所述第一终端设备的信号测量结果与第六偏移值确定。The network device according to claim 258, wherein the adjustment value of the signal measurement result is determined based on the signal measurement result of the first terminal device and a sixth offset value.
  260. 根据权利要求258或259所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第六偏移值为网络设备配置的偏移值,或协议中预定义的偏移值,或所述第一终端设备计算的偏移值。The network device according to claim 258 or 259, characterized in that the sixth offset value is an offset value configured by the network device, or a predefined offset value in the protocol, or the first terminal device calculates offset value.
  261. 根据权利要求259或260所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第六偏移值基于第六信息确定,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益,所述第一终端设备的极化损失,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 259 or 260, characterized in that the sixth offset value is determined based on sixth information, the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the first terminal The antenna gain of the device, the polarization loss of the first terminal device, and the compensation value of the network device configuration.
  262. 根据权利要求261所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第六信息包括以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一终端设备的天线增益与天线增益参考值之间的差值,所述第一终端设备的极化损失与极化损失参考值之间的差值,网络设备配置的补偿值。The network device according to claim 261, wherein the sixth information includes one or more of the following information: the difference between the antenna gain of the first terminal device and the antenna gain reference value, The difference between the polarization loss of the first terminal device and the polarization loss reference value is the compensation value configured by the network device.
  263. 根据权利要求261或262所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二配置信息包括多个偏移值,所述第六偏移值根据所述第六信息,从多个偏移值中确定。The network device according to claim 261 or 262, characterized in that the second configuration information includes a plurality of offset values, and the sixth offset value is selected from the plurality of offset values according to the sixth information. Sure.
  264. 根据权利要求248-263中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述信号测量结果包括以下中的一种或多种:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ。The network device according to any one of claims 248-263, wherein the signal measurement result includes one or more of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ.
  265. 根据权利要求247、249-257中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备的以下信息中的一种或多种不同:极化类型、极化损失、天线增益。The network device according to any one of claims 247 and 249-257, characterized in that one or more of the following information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device are different: polarization type , polarization loss, antenna gain.
  266. 根据权利要求265所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益小于预设阈值、极化类型为线性极化、有极化损失。The network device according to claim 265, wherein the first terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is less than a preset threshold, polarization type is linear polarization, and there is polarization loss. .
  267. 根据权利要求265或266所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备满足以下条件中的一种或多种:天线增益大于或等于预设阈值、极化类型为圆极化、没有极化损失。The network device according to claim 265 or 266, characterized in that the second terminal device meets one or more of the following conditions: antenna gain is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, polarization type is circular polarization, There is no loss of polarization.
  268. 根据权利要求245-267中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备为非地面网络NTN通信系统中的终端设备。The network device according to any one of claims 245-267, characterized in that the first terminal device is a terminal device in a non-terrestrial network NTN communication system.
  269. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储程序,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序,以执行如权利要求1-67中任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, characterized in that it includes a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store programs, and the processor is used to call the program in the memory to execute as described in any one of claims 1-67 Methods.
  270. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储程序,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序,以执行如权利要求68-134中任一项所述的方法。A network device, characterized in that it includes a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store programs, and the processor is used to call the program in the memory to execute as described in any one of claims 68-134 Methods.
  271. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用程序,以执行如权利要求1-67中任一项所述的方法。A device, characterized by comprising a processor for calling a program from a memory to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-67.
  272. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用程序,以执行如权利要求68-134中任一项所述的方法。A device, characterized by comprising a processor for calling a program from a memory to execute the method according to any one of claims 68-134.
  273. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于从存储器调用程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1-67中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor for calling a program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1-67.
  274. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于从存储器调用程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求68-134中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor for calling a program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 68-134.
  275. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如权利 要求1-67中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a program is stored thereon, and the program causes the computer to execute the method as described in any one of claims 1-67.
  276. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如权利要求68-134中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a program is stored thereon, and the program causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 68-134.
  277. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-67中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising a program that causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-67.
  278. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如权利要求68-134中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising a program that causes a computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 68-134.
  279. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-67中任一项所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer program causes a computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1-67.
  280. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求68-134中任一项所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer program causes a computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 68-134.
PCT/CN2022/106887 2022-07-20 2022-07-20 Wireless communication methods and apparatuses WO2024016238A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/106887 WO2024016238A1 (en) 2022-07-20 2022-07-20 Wireless communication methods and apparatuses

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/106887 WO2024016238A1 (en) 2022-07-20 2022-07-20 Wireless communication methods and apparatuses

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024016238A1 true WO2024016238A1 (en) 2024-01-25

Family

ID=89616663

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/106887 WO2024016238A1 (en) 2022-07-20 2022-07-20 Wireless communication methods and apparatuses

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024016238A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112291821A (en) * 2019-07-25 2021-01-29 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Information configuration method and device, related equipment and storage medium
CN113056926A (en) * 2021-02-24 2021-06-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Network access method, network access device and storage medium
CN114158290A (en) * 2020-07-06 2022-03-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2022087604A1 (en) * 2020-10-21 2022-04-28 Intel Corporation Relaxed rrm measurement for redcap ue

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112291821A (en) * 2019-07-25 2021-01-29 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Information configuration method and device, related equipment and storage medium
CN114158290A (en) * 2020-07-06 2022-03-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2022087604A1 (en) * 2020-10-21 2022-04-28 Intel Corporation Relaxed rrm measurement for redcap ue
CN113056926A (en) * 2021-02-24 2021-06-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Network access method, network access device and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020259241A1 (en) Ntn cell selection method and device
US11388778B2 (en) Time configuration method, network device, and UE
WO2021027423A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022143564A1 (en) Cell selection method and apparatus
CN115997407A (en) Flexible quality of service framework for different networks
US20220217602A1 (en) Cell reselection method and apparatus
WO2021159535A1 (en) Cell reselection method and apparatus
US20230269617A1 (en) Cell measurement method, electronic device, and storage medium
US20230254801A1 (en) Tracking area code transmission in non-terrestrial networks
WO2021062599A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, cell measurement method
US20220322176A1 (en) Cell Reselection Method and System, and Apparatus
US20230209526A1 (en) Method for selecting initial bandwidth part (bwp), terminal device and network device
US20220225150A1 (en) Cell Measurement Method and Communications Apparatus
WO2021046821A1 (en) Cell selection method and communication device
JP2023546939A (en) Beam reporting based on group
WO2022021131A1 (en) Initial bandwidth part (bwp) reselection method, terminal device, and network device
US20230164685A1 (en) Access Control Method and Apparatus for Terminal Device
WO2023245486A1 (en) Neighbor cell measurement method and apparatus, and device, storage medium and program product
WO2024016238A1 (en) Wireless communication methods and apparatuses
WO2022001764A1 (en) Method and device for cell selection
WO2022036612A1 (en) Relay node switching method, terminal device, and network device
WO2021159463A1 (en) Cell selection method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2024092639A1 (en) Neighbor cell measurement method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023130221A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023159472A1 (en) Communication method and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22951515

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1